Nokia 6340i User Manual
User Guide NOKIA IN C. 7725 W oodland Center Boulevard, Suite 1 50, T ampa, FL 336 1 4 Phone: 1 -888-NOKIA-2U (1 -888-665-4228) Fax: 1 -8 13-249-96 1 9 T ext T elephone/ Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TTY/ TDD) Users: 1 -800-24-NOKIA (1 -800-246-6542) 93 1 00 19 Thank you for purchasing a Nokia 6 3 40i phone. W eâÂÂre here for you! www .nokiahowto.com Learn how to use your new Nokia phone. www .nokia.com/us Get answers to your questions. Register your phoneâ s limited warranty so we can better serve your needs! Printed in Canada N0447 NK169 6340i UG Ver.2.Canada 7/9/03 11:01 AM Page 1
Nokia 6340i User Guide What informati on is needed? Numbers Where is the number? My number Wireless service provider V oice mail number Wireless service provider Wireless providerâ s number Wireless service provider Providerâ s customer care Wireless service provider Model number Label on back of phone (under battery) Phone type Back of title page Electronic serial number (ESN) Label on back of phone (under battery). See âÂÂBefore you contact Nokiaâ on page 8. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 1 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
The wireless phone described in this guide is approved for use in GSM 850, GSM 190 0, TDMA, and AMPS networks. LEGAL IN FORMATI ON Pa r t N o . 9 310 01 9 , I s s u e N o . 1 Copyright é 2003 Nokia. All rig hts reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Nokia 6340i, and the Nokia Original Accessories logos, Snake II, P ass âÂÂn Rush, Bumper , and P airs II are trademarks or registered tr ademarks of Nokia Corporation. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective owners. Printed in Canada 06/ 2003 US P atent No 58 18 437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999- 2003. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . The information in this u ser guide was wri tten for the Nokia 6340i phone. Nokia operates a policy of continuous development. Nokia reserv es the right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMST ANCES SH ALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL , INCIDEN TA L, AN D CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES HOWSOEVER CAUSED . THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROV IDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW , NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIN D , EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLU DING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO , THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS F OR A PA RTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELA TION TO THE ACCURACY AND RELIABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT . NOKIA RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THIS DOCUMENT OR WITHDRAW IT AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Ex port Administration regulati ons. Diver sion contrary to U.S. or Canadian law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio inter ference (f or example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interfe rence cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with p art 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harmful interference. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 2 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ iii ] Contents 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 About enhanceme nts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 Quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 Welcome to Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Sign up with a wireless provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Register you r phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 E-newsle tters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Before you conta ct Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Shared memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 4 Nokia 6340 i at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Remove the back cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Install the SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Install the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Charge the batt ery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Remove the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Remove the SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Switch on th e phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Switch off the phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Set the time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Start sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Selection and scroll keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Volume key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Make an d answe r calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Navigate phone menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Accessibility solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Menu shortc uts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 5 Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Predictive t ext input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Enter punctuation and s pecial characte rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page ii i Thursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ iv ] 6 Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Use the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Customize the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Phone memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 7 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 While vie wing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 View calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Delete ca ll lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 View call dura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Summary after ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 8 Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 Save your voice mailbox number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Call and set up your voicema il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Listen to your voice message s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Automate voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 9 Advanced features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 In-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Send own calle r ID wit h next call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Call forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Automatic redia l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Voice rec order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Touch tone strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 International dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 10 Customize you r phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Network s election . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page iv Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ v ] Accessibility options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Enhancemen t profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Optional heads ets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Audio settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Download a ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Restore fa ctory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 11 Phone secu rity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Lock an d unlock the ke ypad (Ke yguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 12 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 Before you can s end and receive message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Linked mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Font size for mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Message icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Save your mess age center numbe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Write and se nd a mess age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Read me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Reply to a messa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Forward a mes sage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Picture mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Organize mes sages with folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Delete mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 13 Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 To-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Set the time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Alarm c lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 14 Your ph one and other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 IR basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page v Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ vi ] Send and rece ive in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 PC Conn ectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 15 Wireless Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 9 Services menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 WAP sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Your wireles s prov ider an d WAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Browse the wireless int ernet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Online purchase s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 16 Fun and g ames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Play a game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Game se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 17 Enhancem ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 18 Reference informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Batteries and char gers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Certification Informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 19 Care and mainten ance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 9 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 20 Frequently asked questions (FAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 21 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 22 Technical inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 23 Nokia One-Year Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 7 Appendix A Message fro m the CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 3 Appendix B Messag e from the FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page vi Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 ] For your safety 1 For your safety Read these simple guide lines. Br eaking the rule s may be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manual. Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Do not use a handheld phone while driving. INTERFER ENCE All wireless phones may get in terferenc e, which could affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone off near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Do not use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fuel or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Do not use the phone where blas t ing is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the normal position. Don't touch the antenna unnecessarily . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 1 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 2 ] QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may inst all or repair phone equipment. ENHANCEMEN TS AND BATTERIES Use only approved enhancements and batteries. Do not connect incompatible products. W A TER-RESISTANCE Y our wireless phone is not water-resistant. K eep it dry . BACKUP COPIES Remember to make backup c opies of all important data. CONNECTING T O O THER DEVICES When connecting to any other device, r ead its user guide for detailed safety inst ructions. Do not c onnect in compatible pro ducts. FUSE REPLACEMENT Replace a blown fuse with a fuse of the same type and size. Never use a fuse with a higher rating! CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , including the area code; then press the Tal k k e y. T o e n d a call, press the End key . T o answer a call, press th e Ta l k key . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Press the End key as many times as needed (for example, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear the display . En ter the emergency number; then press the Ta l k key . Give your location. Do not end the call until told to do so. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 2 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 3 ] For your safety ⢠ABOUT ENHANCEMENTS Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from ACP-7U and ACP-8U chargers. W arning: Use only batteries, chargers an d enhancements app roved by the phon e manufacturer for use with this particular pho ne model. The use of any other types may invalidat e any appr oval or war ranty applying to the phone, and may be dangerous. For availability of approved enhancements , please chec k with yo ur dealer . When you disconnect the power cord of any enhancement, grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 3 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 4 ] 2 Quick guide Make a ca ll Enter a phone number , and press the Tal k key . Answer a ca ll Press the Ta l k key . Answer a ca ll with call wai ting Press the Ta l k key or select Options > Answer call . End a cal l Press the End key . Ignore a cal l Select Silence when your phon e rings. Redi al Press the Ta l k key twice. Adjust c all volu me Press up or down on the side volume key . Use the in -call menu While in a call, select Options . Use 1-touch dialing Press and hold any key , 2âÂÂ9. Save a name and number in the phone book In the start sc reen, enter a numbe r , select Options > Save ; then ent er a name and select OK . Recall a nam e/number Select Names > Find . Enter th e name. Recall a nam e/number durin g a call Select Op tions > New call > Find ; then enter the fi rst letter of the name to find. Check voice mail Press and hold the 1 key OR dial your voice mailbox number . Send a text message Select Message s > Write message . Enter t he message ; then select Options > Send . Enter the recip ientâ s number; then select OK . Send an e-ma il message Select Messages > Write e-mail . Enter the recipientâÂÂs e-mail address and select OK . Enter a s ubject line for your e-mail and select OK . Enter the text of your message and select Options > Send e-mail. Read ne w message Select Show . Reply to a m essage Select Options > Reply , write the reply , select Options > Send , and select OK. Reply to an e-m ail message Select Options > Reply . Ente r th e message and select Opti ons > Sending options > Sending pr ofile . Select your e-mail profile. Select Options > Accept , en ter th e e-mail address, sele ct OK . Send a bus iness card Recall a name from the phone book. Select Details > Options > Send bus. card > Via text msg. Enter the recipientâÂÂs number or select Find to retrieve a number from the phone book. Select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 4 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 5 ] W elcome to Nokia 3 W elcome to Nokia Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 6340i mobile phone. The Nokia 6340i phone can be connected to a PC, laptop, or other device using the data cable or built-in IR port. For more information, please refer to the PC Connectivity Guide. The PC Conn ectivity Gui d e, Nokia PC Su ite, and all related soft ware can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . ⢠SIGN UP WITH A WIRELESS PROVIDER T o use the network services available in your phone, you need to sign up with a wireless provider . In many ca ses, the wireless provider will make available descriptions of their services and instructions for using features such as: ⢠V oice mail and voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠Messaging ⢠News and information services ⢠Selecte d Internet se rvices Wireless providers may differ in their support of features. Before you sign up, make sure a wireless provider supports the features you need. ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to register your phone at www .warranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) so that we can serve your n eeds better if you need to call the center or have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you register your phone, you ca n sign up for Nokia's e-newsletter , Nokia Connections . Y ou will re ceive tips and tr icks on usi ng your phone, enhancement information, and special offers. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 5 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 6 ] ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The âÂÂNokia 6340i at a glanceâ diagram on page 10 il lustrates the components of your phone. The t ips that follow can help you get the most from this guide as you learn to use your phon e. F amil iarize yourself with the diagram to help you better understand the instructions that follow . Te r m s This guide uses certain terms for the steps that you are asked to perform. ⢠Press means to press and release a key quickly . For example, Press 7 means press the key on the keypad that is labeled with the number 7 and the letter s âÂÂp qrsâ . ⢠Press and hold mean s to press and hold a key for 2âÂÂ3 seconds (depending on the featu re you are using); th en release the key . ⢠Highlighted opt ions on the screen are enclosed within a dark bar . The selection keys are used to act o n the highl ighted option. ⢠Scroll keys are used to move up and down in t he menus. For example, if instructed to scroll to another phone book entry , this means press the Scroll up key or the Scroll down key . In some submenus, not all options are visible at once, and you may need to scroll up or down to view the full range of options. ⢠Select means t o press the Left se lection key or the Right selection key . T o select an option, press the selection key below the menu item on the phone scr een. Some fun ctions requ ire yo u to go thr ough severa l submenus. For example, if this guide says Select Phone settin gs > Screen saver > Timeout , you would scroll to the Phone settings option and press the Left selection key; then scroll to the Screen saver option and press the Left selection key; then scroll to the Timeout option and press the Left selection key . ⢠Ta l k and End keys. Press the Ta l k key to place a call or to answer an incoming call. Press th e End key to end a call or press and ho ld to return to the start sc reen. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 6 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 7 ] W elcome to Nokia T ext clues T ext clues make instructions easy to follow . Bold indicates one of the following items: ⢠A word or phrase on the display ⢠Special text such as Note s and War n i n g s ⢠Names of keys such as Right selection key Bold and blue indicates one of the following items: ⢠The word is an address on the W orld Wide W eb . ⢠A definition for the word or phrase is listed in the glossary . Italic characters are used for emphasis or to indicate a vari able. Graphic clues Icons appear throughout this guide to alert you of important information or to provide useful tips. Tip: Indicates a shortcut or altern ate method of doing something. Note: Explains a feature or points out an important concept. W arning: Helps you avoid information loss, personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Updates From time to time, this guide is upda ted to reflect c hanges. The latest version may be available at the U. S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . Also, an interactive version of this guide may be available at www .nokiahowto .com . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 7 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 8 ] ⢠BEFORE YOU CONTACT NOKIA If you need help, Nokia Customer Care is available for assistance. Before calling, however , please read âÂÂFrequently asked questions (FAQ)â on page 13 1 . W e also recommend that you write down the following information on the inside cover of this guide and have it available if you call. The information can be found on your phone label, which is on back of the phone, beneath the battery . ⢠The International mobile equipment identity (IMEI) ⢠The electronic serial number (ESN) W e also ask that you write down your zip code. Please have your phone or enhancement with you when contacting the numbers below . Nokia Customer Care Center , USA Customer Care Center , Canada Nokia, Inc. 7725 W oodland Center Boulevard Suite #150 T ampa, Florida 336 14 T el: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800- 24-NO KIA (1-800- 246-6542) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 W estney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 T el: 1-888-22-NO KIA (1-888-226-6542) F ax: 1-905-427- 1 0 7 0 Information label 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 8 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 9 ] W elcome to Nokia ⢠SHARED MEMORY The following features in this phon e may share memor y: phone book, text and multimedia messages, images and ri nging tones in gallery , calendar , to-do notes, and Java⢠ga mes and applications. Using any such features may reduce the memory available for any features sharing memory . This is especially true with heavy use of any of the fe atures (although some of the features may have a cer tain amo unt of memory specially allotted to them in addition to the amount of memory shared with other features). For example, saving many images, bookma rks, Java apps, or other features sharing memory may take all of the shared memory and your phone may display a message that the memory is full. In this case, delete some of the information or entries stored in the shared memory features before continuing. ⢠ANTENNA Y our phone has a built-in antenna. As with any other radio transmitting device, avoid touching the antenna while the phone is powered up. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than necessary . Internal antenna External antenna connect ion 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 9 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 1 0 ] 4 Nokia 6340i at a glance Dis play screen Selection keys End key Ta l k k e y Number keys Microphone Earpiece Volume control Internal antenna (rear) Charger jack Scroll keys IR port Po w e r k e y Headset; TTY ; data cable (HDA-8) connector 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 10 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 1 1 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance ⢠REMOVE THE BACK COVER 1 With the phone facing away from you, grip the bottom end with one thumb while pressing the cover release with the other . 2 Slide the cover toward the bottom end of the phone (about 1/4 inch) unt il it stops. 3 Lift the cover to remove. ⢠INSTALL THE SIM CARD The SIM slot is between the battery compartment and the bottom end of the phone. W arning: If the batter y is in the phone, remove the battery before attempting to install the SIM card. See âÂÂRemove the batteryâ on page 14 for battery removal instructions. Note: The SIM card should be inserted beveled corner first with the gold contacts facing down. Slide the SIM card into the empty SIM slot until the SIM card retaining latch closes behind the SIM card. Cover release (press in) Empty battery compartment SIM card SIM slot 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 11 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 12 ] ⢠INSTALL THE BATTERY Note: The SIM card must be installed before installing the battery . 1 P osition the battery so the gold contacts match up with those on the phone. The battery label should be facing away from the phone. 2 Insert the battery , contact end first into the battery slot. 3 Press the other end of the battery into place. 4 Replace the cover and slide it toward the top of the phone until it locks into place. ⢠CHARGE THE BATTERY 1 Plug the charger t ransformer into a standard outlet. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 12 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 13 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance 2 With your phone on or off, inser t the charger plug into the round connector at the bottom end of the phone. After a few seconds, the battery indicator in the display starts to scroll from bottom to top. When the battery is 80% full, the bar on in the display stops scrolling and Battery full appears (if the phone is on). 3 Unplug the phone and charger once ch arging is complete. IMPORT ANT BA TTERY INFORMA TION Note: Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Use only batteries approved by Nokia and recharge your battery only with the chargers approved by Nokia. Ne ver use any charger or battery which is damaged. The battery can be charged and discha rged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. When the opera ting time (talk-time and standby time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . The BLB-3 battery does not need a full discharge before recharging. PROLONG THE BATTERY Use the following guidelines to obtain th e best performance from your battery: ⢠With your phone tu rned off, charge your new battery for three hours before its first use. Use the battery until it is fully discharged. Repeat this procedure twice for a total of three charging cycles. ⢠Note that the full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles. Battery operation time may be less than t he estimate d times during the first charges. This condition is normal. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 13 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 14 ] ⢠Y ou can use your phone while the battery is charging. However , if the battery is completely empty , it ma y need to recharge a few minutes before you can make or receive calls or the battery indicator appears. ⢠After the first charge, you can ma ke and receive calls during the charging cycle, but the calls interrupt the charge. When the phone call ends, the charge will resume. ⢠The bars on the screen stop scrol ling and remain constant when the phone is fully charged. If you lea ve the phone connected to the charger , the battery receives an ad ditional charge. If you switch the phone on when charging is complete, Batte ry f ull momentarily appears in the display . Note: The battery will accept a "trick le charge" for an additional two hours. Charging time depends on the charger and battery . For example, charging time for the BLB-3 battery with th e ACP-7U charger is about 4 hours. ⢠REMOVE THE BATTERY 1 Remove the back cover as described on page 11 . 2 Pull the battery out with your fingers from the top end, as shown in the illustration. W arning: Only use y our hands to remove the battery . Do not use an object such as a coin or knife, as either can damage both the phone and the battery . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 14 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 15 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance ⢠REMOVE THE SIM CARD 1 Remove the back cover and ba ttery as described on page 11 and page 14. 2 Push the SIM card out of the slot as far as you can (about 1/4 of an inch) with your thumb . Note: K eep your thumb in place to prevent the SIM card from sliding back into the slot while you perform the next step. 3 Pull the SIM card from the open end of the slot with your fingers. W arning: K eep all SIM cards out of reach of small children. SIM card SIM card 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 15 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 16 ] ⢠SWITCH ON THE PHONE Press and hold the power key on top of the phone for at least 2 seconds. W arning: Do not power up the phone where wireless phone use is prohibited or where the use of the phone could cause interference or danger . ⢠SWITCH OFF THE PHONE Press and hold the power key on top of the phone for at least 2 seconds. ⢠SET THE TIME AND DATE When you power up your phone for the first time, or when you remove and replace the battery , you are prompted to set the time and date. Note: If PIN code request is set to On , you need to enter the 4-digit PIN code and select OK . See âÂÂEnable PIN code r equestâ on pa ge 74 for more information. 1 Enter the correct time and select OK . 2 Enter the correct date and select OK . After a brief pause, the start screen appears. Po w e r k e y Infrared port 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 16 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 17 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance ⢠START SCREEN The start screen is the âÂÂhome baseâ for your phone and indicates it is in idle mode. Y ou can return to the start screen from any activity by pressing the End key . Elements of the start scree n Home Y our wireless providerâ s name may appear here. Signal strengthâÂÂleft side of the start screen. A higher bar indicates a stronger signal. Battery charge levelâÂÂright side of the start screen. A higher bar indicates mor e power in the battery . Menu Press the Left selection key ( ) under Menu to enter the menu list. Names Pre ss the Right select ion key ( ) under Names to enter the phone book. Press either one of the scroll keys at the start screen to display any entries in your phone book. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 17 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 18 ] Indicator icons Y our phone uses icons to indicate status, alert you of a message or meeting, and more. Icon Indicates... Icon Indicates... Y ou are in an active call. The Silent profi le has been selected. Y ou are in l owercase text entry mode (predictive text off). Ke y g u a r d i s a c t i v e . Y ou have voice messages waiting. Y o u have a text or picture message. Y ou have a call waiti ng (when blinking). Y ou are in uppercase text entry mode (predictive text off). Y ou are in s entence case text entry mode (predictive text off). Y ou are in number entry mode. Encryption is on. An alarm is set. A memo note is in your calen dar . A birthday note i s in your ca lendar . A note is in your calendar to call someone. Y o u have a me eting scheduled in your calendar . Predictive text is on. The highlighted entry (in phone book) exists on the SIM card. A message that you composed was not se nt. A picture is attached to your me ssage. Yo u a r e i n a s e c u r e connection online. When st eady , IR is connected to a device. When blinking, IR is searching for a device. Encryption is off. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 18 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 19 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance ⢠SELECTION AND SCROLL KEYS The left and right selection keys are beneath each corner of the display . The scroll keys are centered below the selection keys . A selection key function is always defined by the text that appears above it in th e display . Press the Left selection key when Menu appears above it to display the Messag es menu. P age through the other main menus using the scroll keys. Press the Right selection key when Names appears above it to enter the phone book. Tip: Press either scroll key from the start screen to view the entries in the phone book. ⢠V O LUME KEY With the phone facing you, the volume key is located on the left side of the phone. Adjust earpiece volume When you press the volume key , a bar chart appears in the display indicating the present volume level. ⢠Press the top portion of the volume key to increase your call volume. ⢠Press the bottom portion of the vol ume key to decrease your call volume. Right selection key Up scroll key Down scroll key Left selection key V olume key Front of phone 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 19 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 20 ] ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use this section as a quick guide for basic functions. Switch the phone on Press and hold the power key on top of the phone for 2 seconds. W arning: Do not power up the phone when wireless use is prohibited or when the phone may cause interference or danger . Make a call 1 Enter the area code and phone number . 2 Press the Ta l k key . 3 Hold the phone with the earpiece over your ear and microphone near your mouth, or connect and use the headset before entering the number . Answer a call When your phone rings or vibrates, press the Tal k key . End a ca ll Press the End key . K eyguard ⢠T urn K eyguard on Select Menu ; then press the Star key . Keyguard prevents accidental calls. ⢠T urn K eyguard off Select Unlock ; then press the Star key . Silence or decline a call Y ou can mute the ringing tone of an incoming call without terminating the call. Select Silence and the ringing ton e is muted. After selecting Silence , you then have the option to Decline the call. When you decline a call, the calling party hears a busy signal. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 20 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 2 1 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance â¢H E L P T E X T The Nokia 6 340i phon e displays br ief descr iptions f or most m enu items. Wh en yo u arrive at a feature or menu, pause for about 1 0 seconds. Use the scroll keys to page throug h the full help text, if necessary . Use this procedure to activa te or deactivate help text. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Help text activation . 2 Select On to activate help text or Off to deactivate. ⢠NAVIGATE PHONE MENUS Y ou can navigate the menus and submenus in your phone using the scroll method or a shortc ut . Scroll method 1 At the start screen, select Menu by pressing the Left selection key . 2 Scroll through the main menus using t he scroll keys. As you page through menus, the menu number appears in the upper right corner of the display . A scroll bar with a tab appears below the menu number . This tab moves up or down as you scroll through t he menus, indicating your position within the menu structure. 3 W he n th e m e n u y ou w a nt app ea rs in the display , select the menu by pressing the Left selection key . 4 Once inside the menu, use the scroll keys to highlight an item or page through submenus. Press the Left selection key to open a highlighted item or to enter a submenu. Press the Right se lection key to exit or return to the previous menu. Menu number Scroll bar with tab 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 21 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 22 ] Shortcuts Y ou can also go to almost any feature, option, or submenu directly from the start screen using a âÂÂshortcut.â Select Menu ; then within 3 seconds, press th e key or keys associated with the menu function you would like to view or activate. For example, to turn on the Alarm clock , press Me nu 4 -1-1 ( Menu > Settings > Alarm clo ck > On ). A complete list of shortcuts begins on page 24 . Some features may not appear , depending on serv ice availabili ty , or may require subscription to the feature in question. In s uch cases, t he phone di splays an err or message. If you wish to subscribe to a featur e that is currently disabled, contact your wireless provider . ⢠ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is committed to pursuing accessibility solutions for all people, including individuals with disabilities. We maintain a site on the Internet that is dedicated to accessibility so lutions. For more information about features, enhancements, and other Noki a products designed with accessibility in mind, visit the Nokia Internet site at www .nokiaaccessibility .com or contact Nokia Cust omer Care at 1-800- 24-NOKIA. Alternate format user guides This user guide is also available in alternate formats. Call Nokia Customer Care at 1-888-665-4228. TTY/TDD users can contact Nokia at 1-800- 246-65 42. LPS-1 Mobile Inductive Loopset The LPS- 1 loops et, avai lable for purchase sep aratel y , gives he aring-impai red us er s a cce s s t o d igi ta l te l eph o ny . P eople using a T- coil equipped hearing aid can make and receive calls without noise interference. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 22 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 23 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance The LPS-1 transmits sound to any hearing aid equipped with a T- coil. The sound from the phone is amplified and background noise is eliminated. W ear it around y our neck , connect it to your phone, and speak directly toward the microphone on the loopset. For more details, refer to the booklet that comes with the LPS-1. The loopset can be purchased se parately as an enhancement. Other accessibility features Besides an intuitive interface and TTY /TDD capabilities, other accessibi lity features of the Nokia 6340i phone include: ⢠A nib or raised dot on top of the five key for keypad reference ⢠T actile feedback whenever you press a key ⢠The ability to send an d receive short messages ⢠1-touch dialing ⢠The ability to amplify higher frequen cies using the equalizer function ⢠Caller groups to aid in caller identification Note: For inst ructions o n setting up enhancement pr ofiles, an d c o nn ec ti n g and usi ng a TTY/TDD device, see âÂÂA ccessibility optionsâ on page 63. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 23 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 24 ] ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS T o access a menu quickly , select Men u ; then enter the shortcut. For example, t o delete all recent call lists , select Menu, press the 2 key; then the 4 key; then the 1 key . (Menu 2-4- 1 is the Call log > Delete recent call lists > All menu.) 1 MESSAGES Write message . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1 Write e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-2 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-3 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-4 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-5 T emplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-6 My folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-7 Delete messages . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8 All messages . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-3 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-4 Own folders . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-5 V oice messages . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-9 Listen to voic e messages . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-9-1 V oice mailbox number 0-1-9-2 Service command editor . 0-1-1-0 Message settings. . . . . . . 0-1-1-1 Sending profile . . . . 0-1-1-1-1 Overwriting in outbox . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1-1-2 Overwriting in inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1-1-3 Font size . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1-1-4 2 CALL LOG Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Delete recent call lists . . . . . . 2-4 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 Missed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-2 Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 Call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Duration of last call . . . . 2-5-1 Duration of rec eived calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-2 Duration of dialed c alls . 2-5-3 Duration of all calls . . . . 2-5-4 Clear timers . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5 3P R O F I L E S Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2 Timed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3 (Submenus for Silent , Meeting , Outdoor , and Pa g e r are the same as for No rmal ) Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 4 SETTINGS Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1 Auto-update of date & time . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 Call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Call forwarding . . . . . . . . 4-3-1 Equalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 International prefix . . . . 4-3-3 Automatic redial . . . . . . . 4-3-4 Summary after call . . . . . 4-3-5 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 24 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 25 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance Language . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4-1 System selection . . . . . . .4-4-2 T ouch tone length . . . . . .4-4-3 Help text activati on . . . . .4-4-4 Screen saver . . . . . . . . . . .4-4-5 T one settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -5 Ringing options . . . . . . . .4-5-1 Ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . .4-5-2 Ringing volume . . . . . . . .4-5-3 Vibrating alert . . . . . . . . .4-5-4 Message alert tone. . . . . .4-5-5 K eypad tones . . . . . . . . . .4-5-6 W arning tones . . . . . . . . .4-5-7 Alert for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5-8 Accessory settings . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6-1 Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6-2 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6-3 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6-4 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 PIN code request . . . . . . .4-7-1 Fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . 4 -7-2 Security level . . . . . . . . . .4-7-3 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . .4-7-4 Restore factory settings . . . . . 4-8 5V O I C E V oice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1-1 Recordings list . . . . . . . . .5-1-2 V oice command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2-1 V oice mailbox . . . . . . . . . .5-2-2 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2-3 Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2-4 6 ORGANIZER Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 T o-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 W allet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 7 CALCULATOR 8G A M E S Select game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Snake II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-1 P ass âÂÂn Rush . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-2 Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-3 P airs II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-4 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Game sounds . . . . . . . . . . 8-2-1 Game lights . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2-2 Shakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2-3 9I N F R A R E D Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 0 S ERVIC ES Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-1 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-2 Service inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4 Active service settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-1 Edit active ser vice settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-2 Appearance settings . . 1-0-4 -3 Cookie settings. . . . . . . 1-0-4-4 Author ity certifica tes . 1-0-4 -5 Service inbox settings . 1-0-4-6 Go to address . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-5 Clear the cache . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-6 Note: Some phone features are network dependent. Menus for certain fe atures may or may not app ear , or may appear in a different sequence, due to their availability in your network (such as call costs, bookmarks, operator logo, line for outgoing calls, info numbe rs for co ntacts, etc.). Contact your service provider for availability . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 25 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 26 ] 5 T ext entry Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can use two methods for entering text and numbers. ⢠Standard mode is the only way to enter names into contacts an d to rename caller groups. ⢠Predictive text input is a q uick and easy meth od for wr iting m essages. Press the Po u n d key to switch p redictive text on or off and to use predictive text in various modes. Press and hold the Po u n d key to switch between text and numeric entry . As you press the Po u n d key , the following icons (not the descriptions) appear in the upper left of the display: ⢠STANDARD MODE Enter text (Abc) ⢠Press a key once to insert the first letter on the key , twice for the second letter , etc. If you pause brie fly , the last letter in the display is accepted and your phone awaits the next entry . ⢠Press the 0 key to accept a word and enter a space. ⢠Press the 1 key to enter a period (.). ⢠Press the Star key to display special characters. See âÂÂEnter pun ctuation and special char actersâ on page 29. Icon Indicates... Uppercase text. Predictive text is Off . Lowercase text. Predictive text is Off . Sente nce ca se text . Pred ictive text is On . Lowercase text. Predictive text is On . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 26 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 27 ] T ext entry â¢S e l e c t Clear to backspace and delete a character . ⢠Select and hold Clear to backspace continuously and del ete characters . Enter numbers (123) To s w i t c h to 123 mode from Abc mode, press and hold the P ound ke y at any message entry screen until the icon in the upper left corner of th e display switches from Abc to 123 (or vice versa). ⢠PREDICTIVE TEXT INPUT Predictive text input allows you to write messages quickly using your keypad and the built-in phone dictionary . It is much faster than using the standard mode âÂÂmulti-tapâ method. Y ou can use predictive text to write a message, create a calendar note, and make a to-do list. When predictive text is on, the icon appears in the upper left corner of the display . When predictive text is off, the icon appears in the upper left corner of the display . Activate predictive text 1 At any text entry screen, select and hold Options . OR At a text entry screen, select Options > Predictive text . 2 Select the language of your choice. A confirmation message shows that predictive text is turned on. Note: The language setting affects the time and date formats of the clock, alarm clock, and calendar . Enter text ⢠For each letter of the word th at you want to spell, press the corresponding key on your keypad only once , even if the letter you want is not the first letter on the key . The phone âÂÂguessesâ the word you are trying to spell. ⢠If a displayed word is not correct, press the Star ke y to see other matches. T o move forward through a list of matches, keep pressing the Star key . To return to the prev ious word in the list of matches, select Previous . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 27 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 28 ] ⢠Press the 0 key to accept the word, enter a space, and begin writing the next word. â¢I f ? appears after a word, select Spell to add the word to the dictionary . See â Add new words to the dictionaryâ on page 28. ⢠Press the 1 key to insert a period into your message. ⢠Press and hold the Star key to display special characters. See âÂÂEnter punctuation and special charactersâ on page 29. Add new words to the dictionary If you encounter a word that predictive text does not recognize, a question mark ( ? ) follows the word and Spell appears in the lower left of the display . Select Spell , enter your new word using the keypad, and select Save . The word is added to the dictionary and to the message that you are writi ng. K eep these factors in mind wh en adding words: ⢠New words that you accept by selecting Save , the 0 key , or deleting the space between two words are saved to the dictionary . ⢠Depending on the language and the length of the words, you may be able to add hundreds of words to the dictionary . ⢠When the dictionary is full, the mos t recent addition replaces the first. Predictive text example To wr i t e Nokia with predictive text on and with the English dictionary selected, press each of the following keys once : the 6 key the 6 key the 5 key the 4 key the 2 key The illustration above simulates your display each time a key is pressed. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 28 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 29 ] T ext entry ⢠ENTER PUNCTUATION AND SPECIAL CHARACTERS While a t any text entry screen, pres s the Star key to display special characters (press and hold the Star key if predictive text is on). The following special characters are available. Navigate special ch aracters using the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys much as you would a joystick. Once a charac ter is highlighted, press the 5 key or select Insert to insert the character into your message. . , â ? ! â - ( ) @ / : _ ; & % * = < > ã $ ÃÂ¥ ä [ ] { } \ ~ ^ á ÿ ç # l Scroll right Scroll left Insert character Scroll down Scro ll up 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 29 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 30 ] 6 Phone book Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . One of the most useful features in the Nokia 6340i phone is its powerful phone book. Y ou can store up to 500 names and their associated web , e-mail, and street addresses within the phone book. Each name, or ent ry as it is called, has room for mu ltiple numbers and text entries. â¢O P T I O N S At the start screen, select Names . The following options appear: Find âÂÂSearch for a name in your phone book or list the names and select from the list. Add entry âÂÂAdd a new entry (name and number) to your phone book. Edit name âÂÂEdit an existing name in your phone book. Add number âÂÂAdd a number to an existing entry in your phon e book. Delete âÂÂDelet e names and numbers in your phone book one by one or all at once. Copy âÂÂCopy entries from SIM card to phon e or vice versa. Y ou have the option to copy entries one by one or all at once. Settings âÂÂChange how you view the phone book, check your memory status, and select which memory to use. 1-touc h dial ing âÂÂShow a list of 1-touch dialing numbers, if you have assigned any to keys 2 âÂÂ9 . Vo i c e t a g s âÂÂShow a list of voice dialing numbers, if you have assigned voice tags to any phone book entries. Service nos. âÂÂList the fax, data, and voice nu mbers saved to your SIM card by your wireless provider . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 30 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 3 1 ] Phone book Own numbers âÂÂDisplay the phone number assigned to your phone, if the number is saved to the SIM card by your wireless provider . Caller groups âÂÂSetup a caller group. Y ou can define ringing tones and graphics for up to five groups in your phone book. See âÂÂCaller groupsâ on page 37 to set up a caller group. ⢠USE THE PHONE BOOK Add an entry to the phone book 1 At the start screen, select Names > Add entr y . 2 Enter a name for the entry and select OK . 3 Enter the area code and number for the entry and select OK . The name and number are saved to the memory in use. OR 1 At the start screen, ente r the area code a nd number you wish to save and select Options > Save . Tip: Always save numbers with a plus ( ) in front to simplify international dialing. See âÂÂInternational dialingâ on page 58 for more information. 2 Enter a name for the number and select OK . The name and number are saved to the memory in use. Assign or change number types Phone numbers are subentries of an entry , or a name. Each entry can hold multiple numbers, and you can assign a different type to each. Once assigned, a number type is easily identified by the icon to the left of the number . The following number types are available: General Mobile Home Wor k Fa x 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 31 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 32 ] Note: If you plan on using Nokia PC Sync to syn chronize your phone book and your PC PIM (personal information manager) application, make sure all p hone numbers are assigned the correct number type. PC Sync uses this information to synchronize contacts correctly between phone and PC. This function is not available for numbers stored only on your SIM card. 1 At the start screen, press one of th e scroll keys to display your phone book entries. 2 Scroll to the entry containing th e numbers you wish to change and select Details . 3 Use the scroll keys to highlight the number you wish t o change and select Options > Change type . 4 Select the number type of your preference. A confirmation message appears in the display . Add an address or note to a phone book entry Note: This function is not available for numbers stored only on your SIM card. 1 With an entry in your phone book highlighted, select Details > Options > Add detail . 2 Select either E-mail , W eb address , Street addr . , or Note . 3 Enter the address or note and select OK . 4 Select Back to return to the phone book entry . Save a number (only) 1 At the start screen, enter the area co de and number you want to save. 2 Select and hold Options . The number is saved to your ph one book as a stand-alone entry . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 32 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 33 ] Phone book Display phone book entries quickly Display any entries in your phone book with the pr ess of a key . Just press one of the scroll keys at the start screen. Tip: Any entries which display the SIM card icon ( ) in the upper right corner of the display) indicate that entry is saved to the SIM card. Any entries which appear twice in the display (as in this illustration), indicate the entry is saved to both phone memory and SIM memory . Search the phone book quickly 1 At the start screen, press one of th e scroll keys to display any entries in your phone book. 2 Press the key which contains t he first letter of the entry you are searching (for example, press the 3 key twic e to sear ch for âÂÂEve lynâÂÂ). Any entries that begin with that le tter appear in the display , as well as a search box with the magnifying glass icon ( ). 3 Continue entering letters to locate th e entry , or move through and highlight other entries using the scroll keys. 4 Once you have highlighted the desired entry , press the Ta l k key to dial the number . OR Select Details > Options to display the following options: Add voice tag âÂÂAdd a voice tag to the highlighted entry . Edit number âÂÂEdit the highlighted number . Delete number âÂÂDelete the highlighted number . Copy number âÂÂCopy the highlighted number . View âÂÂView the highlighted number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 33 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 34 ] Change type âÂÂChange the number to one of the 5 available types: General , Mobile , Home , Wor k , or Fa x (only available for number s stored in phone memory). As prim ary no. âÂÂAssign the nu mber as your primary number . See âÂÂAssign a primary numberâ on page 35 for more information. (Only available for numbers stored in phone memory .) Add number âÂÂAdd another number to the selected entry . Add detail âÂÂAdd an e-mail addre ss, web address, street address, or note to the selected entry . Caller groups âÂÂAdd the selected entry to one of the five available caller groups, or select No group . Send bus. card âÂÂSend a business card containing the selected entry information to a compatible phone using IR or SMS. Send message âÂÂSend a message to the entry using SMS or e-mail. 1-touch dialing âÂÂAssign the number to a 1-touch dialing location. Edit name âÂÂEdit the name of the entry . View name âÂÂView the name of the entry . Delete âÂÂDelete the entry and all information it contains. Edit names 1 At the start screen, select Names > Edit name . 2 Scroll to the name you wish to change and select Edit . 3 Edit the name as desired; then select OK . Delete names and numbers Y ou can delete a single entry or all entries at once. DELETE A SINGLE ENTR Y 1 At the start screen, select Names > Delete > One by one . 2 Scroll to the entry you wish to delete and select Delete . 3 Select OK to confirm the delet ion, or Back to return to the list of en t ri e s. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 34 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 35 ] Phone book DELETE A LL NAMES AND NU MBERS 1 At the start screen, select Names > Delete > Delete all . 2 Scroll to either Phone or SIM card and select De lete . 3 Select OK to confirm the deletion, or Back to select from Phone or SIM card again. If you s elected OK , you are prompted to enter the security code (default is 1234 5 ). 4 Enter the security code and select OK . Note: If you enter the wrong security code 3 times in a row , the phone is blocked and will not accept a code for 5 minut es. Assign a primary number For names containing more than one number , assign the most-dialed number as the primary number . The primary number is the number dialed when you select a name for dialing that contains mu ltiple numbers. 1 At the start screen, pres s on e of th e scroll keys to display a list of phone book entries. 2 Scroll to a name containing multiple numbers and select Details . 3 Scroll to the number you want to assign as t he primary number (or change to the primary number) and select Op tions > As pr imary no. . The primary number is set. Copy phone book entries 1 At the start screen, select Names > Copy . 2 Select either From phone to S IM card or From SIM card to phone . 3 Select one of the following options: One by one âÂÂSelect and copy entries one by one. All âÂÂCopy all entries from the SIM card or phone. Primary nos. âÂÂCopy only primary numbers. This appears only if you select From phone to SIM . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 35 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 36 ] 4 If you selected All or Primary nos. , go to step 6. If you selected One by one , scroll to the entry you wish to copy an d select Cop y . 5 Select either Keep original or Move original . The entry is copied and you are returned to the list of p hone book entries. 6 If you s elected Al l or Primary nos. in ste p 3, se lect eithe r Ke e p original or Move original . 7 Select OK to confirm your choice. All entries are copied to the selected destination. Select Back to return to the list of phone book entries, or press th e End key to exit and return to the start screen. W arning: Select K e ep original if you are unsure of which copy method to use. This ensures origin al entries are merely copied to the new location. Move or iginal deletes files after copying. View service numbers Y our wireless provider may have save d service numbers to your SIM card. T o view t hese numbers: 1 At the start screen, select Names > S ervi ce n os. . A list of numbers, if available, appears in the display . 2 T o view details of a number , scroll to the number and select Details . Note: This feature may not be supporte d by your SIM card. If not, contact your wireless provider for more information. ⢠CUSTOMIZE THE PHONE BOOK Change the phone book view Y ou can view the contents of your phone book as a list of names or view each entry as a full display of name and numbers. 1 At the start screen, select Names > Settings > Phone book view . 2 Select either Name list or Name number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 36 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 37 ] Phone book Caller groups Y ou can add phone book entries to one of five caller groups, and then assign a unique ringing tone or graphic to that group. This enables you to identify callers from that caller group by their unique ringing tone or graphic. A caller group can be as small as one person or as large as your entire phone book. Caller groups can be renamed to suit your prefer ence. CALLER GROUP OPTIONS 1 At the start screen, select Names > Caller groups . 2 Select one of the available caller groupsâ F amily , VIP , Friends , Business , or Other . 3 Select one of the following options: Rename group âÂÂRename the group to your preference. Group ringing tone âÂÂSet the ringing tone for the group. Group logo âÂÂView the graphic for the caller group, and turn it on or off. Group members âÂÂAdd or remove members from the caller group. SET UP A C ALLER GROUP 1 At the start screen, pres s on e of th e scroll keys to display a list of entries in your phone book. Tip: P erform a âÂÂquick findâ when ph one book entries are d isplayed by entering the first letter of a name. appears in the bottom of the display to indicate you are performing a search. 2 Scroll to a name you want to add to a caller group and select Details > Options > Caller grou ps . 3 Select the caller gr oup to which you want to add the name. A confirmation message appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 37 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 38 ] ⢠PHONE MEMO RY Y our phone has three options for the use of its memory: Phone , SIM , and Phone and SIM combined. Only names and numbers saved to the memory in use will appear in the display . Note: With Phone and SIM memory selected, entries saved to both memories appear in the display . Therefore, you may see the same entry twice when you view the content s of your phone book. Memory specific information Feature Phone SIM Phone and SIM Name capacity Up to 500 names Up to 250 names (varies w ith SIM card) Up to 750 names (both SIM and phone entries are displayed) Number capacity Mult ipl e numbers per name One per name Multiple numbers per name (stored in phone memory) Can use V oice dialing? Ye s Ye s Ye s Can transfe r names or numbers to another phone? Use IR or PC Suite Use IR, PC Suite, and SIM Use IR, PC Suit e, and SIM Can store te xt information such as street address, e-mail address, note? Mult ipl e te xt entries per name No Multiple text entries per name (stored in phone memory) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 38 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 39 ] Phone book View memory in use Y ou can view the memory available in your phone or SIM card by doing the following: 1 At the start screen, select Names > Settings > Memory status . 2 Select either Phone or SIM card . Depending on which memory you have selected, either a graphic or numeric representation of memory usage appears in the display . Select a memory 1 At the start screen, select Names > Settings > Memory in use . 2 Select one of the following options: Phone and SIM âÂÂData is saved to phone memor y , but SIM and phone entries appear in the display . Phone âÂÂData is saved to phone memory . Only entries saved to phone memory appear in the display . SIM card âÂÂData is sav ed to the SIM card. Only entries saved to the SIM card appear in the display . Tip: If you wish to sav e multiple nu mbers to a name, or in formation such as an e-mail or street address, choose Phone or Phone and SIM . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 39 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 40 ] 7C a l l l o g Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . Call log stores informatio n about the last 20 missed, received, or dial ed calls. It also adds the total durat ion of all calls. Wh en the nu mber of calls exceed 20, the most recent call replaces the oldest. For call log to work properly: ⢠Y our wir eless provider must support caller ID, and it must be enabled. ⢠Y our calls cannot be blocked. ⢠Y our phone must be on and within the service area. â¢O P T I O N S The following options are ava ilable from the call log menu: Missed calls âÂÂShow the phone numbers of unanswered incoming calls. Received calls âÂÂShow the ph one numbers of the most recently answered incoming calls. Dialed numbers âÂÂShow the most recently dialed numbers. Delete rece nt call lists âÂÂClear phone numbers from recent call lists. Call timers âÂÂView the duration of recent calls and clear the call timers. ⢠WHILE VIEWING CALLS Whether you are viewing missed, re ceived, or dialed calls, the menu options are the following. Call time âÂÂDisplay the date and time of th e call. Send message âÂÂSend a message to the number . View number âÂÂDisplay the number . Edit number âÂÂEdit the number and associate a name with the number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 40 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 4 1 ] Call log Save âÂÂEnter a name for the number and save it to the phone book. Add to name âÂÂAdd the number to an exist ing entry in the phone book, if the number is not associated with a name. Delete âÂÂClear the number from memory . Call âÂÂCall the number . ⢠VIEW CALLS Missed calls Missed call s are calls that were ne ver answered. Y ou can check for missed calls two ways: 1 If # missed call appears in the display , select List . The phone number appears in the display . 2 Select Options ; then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 40. OR 1 From the menus, select Call log > Missed cal ls . After a brief pause, a list of missed calls appears in the display (if any exi st). 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options ; then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 40. Received calls Received calls are calls that have been answered. 1 From the menus, select Call log > Received calls . After a brief pause, a list of re ceived calls appears in the display (if any exi st). 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 41 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 42 ] 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options ; then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 40. Call times Y ou can receive up to five calls from the same number , and view the time each call occurred. The cl ock must be se t for this feature to work accurately . See âÂÂSet the time and date â on page 98 for instructions on setting the clock. 1 While viewing a missed or received call, select Options > Call t ime . The time that the last call occurred appears in the display . 2 Press the scroll down key to view other call times from this number . 3 Select Back to ret urn to the options list. Dialed numbers Y ou can view dialed numbers one of two ways: 1 At the start screen, press the Tal k key . OR From the menus, select Call log > Dialed num bers . After a brief pause, your most recently dialed numbers appear . 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options ; then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 40. ⢠DELETE CALL LISTS T o clear any missed, diale d, or received calls from your phoneâ s memory: 1 From the menus, select Call log > Delet e rece nt call lists . 2 Select the call type you want to clearâÂÂeither All , Missed , Receiv ed , or Dialed . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 42 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 43 ] Call log ⢠VIEW CALL DURATION 1 From the menus, select Call log > Call timers. 2 Select one of the following options: Duration of last call âÂÂSh ow the duration of the last call received. Duration of received calls âÂÂShow the duration of all received calls. Duration of dialed call s âÂÂShow the duration of all dialed calls. Duration of all cal ls âÂÂShow the duration of all calls (missed, dialed, and received) since the timer was last reset. Clear timers âÂÂRes et all cal l timers to zero. Note: Clear timers resets the duration timers for al l call types and is irreversible. ⢠SUMMARY AFTER CALL T o show (or not show) the duration of each call after you hang up: 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call sett ings > Summ ary after call . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 43 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 44 ] 8 V oicemail Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . If you subscribe to voicemail, your wireless provider will furnish you with a voice mailbox number . Y ou need to save this number to your phone to use voicemail. When you receive a v oice message, your phone lets you know by beeping, displaying a message, or both. If you receive more than one message, your phone shows th e number of messages received. ⢠SAVE YOUR VOICE MAILBOX NUMBER Y our wireless provider may have already saved your voice mailbox number to your phone. If so, the number will appear in the display in step 2. Select OK to leave the number unchanged. 1 From t he menus, select Messages > V oice messages > V oi ce mailbox num ber . After a brief pause, the mailbox nu mber screen appears in the display . 2 If the box in the display is empty or contains an incorrect number , enter the number given by your service provider and select OK . OR If the box in the display contains the correct number , select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your number is saved. Tip: Save yourself the trouble of entering the mailbox codes each time you dial voicemail. See â Automate voicemailâ on page 45 for more information. ⢠CALL AND SET UP YOUR VOICEMAIL 1 Once you have saved the voice mailbox number , press and hold the 1 key . 2 When you connect and the prerecor ded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to set up your voicemail. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 44 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 45 ] V oicemail ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MESSAGES Once you have set up voicemail, you can dial the number in one of four ways: ⢠Dial the number using the keypad. ⢠Press and hold the 1 key . â¢S e l e c t Li sten if there is a notification message in the display . â¢S e l e c t Message s > V oice mess ages > Listen to voi ce messag es . After a brief pause, your ph one dials the voicemail number . Once you connect and the prerecor ded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to listen to your voice messages. ⢠AUTOMATE VOICEMAIL Y ou can insert special character s called âÂÂdialing cod esâ into phon e numbers such as voicemail and then save the number to a 1-touch dialing location. Dialing co des instruct the recei ving system to pause, wait , bypa ss, or accept the numbers that follow them i n the dialing string. Note: Each voicemail service can vary . The examples and steps that follow are f or clarification. Ch eck with your wireless provider if you have specific questions about your voicemail service. Write down some information Y ou will need this information in âÂÂSet up voicemail with dialing codesâ on page 46 . Be sure to record all of the infor mation correctly . 1 Write down your voice mailbox number . 2 Call and check your voicemail as you normally would. 3 Write down your interaction with the recorded prompts step-by-step. K eep in mind that each voicemail service may vary . However , it should look something like this: Dial 2 14555 12 12, pause 5 seconds , press 1, pause 2 seconds , enter 1234, press pound key . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 45 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 46 ] Insert dialing codes Press the Star key repeated ly to cycle th rough dialing codes. Once the desired code appears, pau se briefl y to insert the code in to the dialin g string. For example, press the Star key four times to display âÂÂwâ (wait character). P a us e briefly to insert th e wait chara cter int o your dialin g string . Available di al in g codes are as follows: Set up voicemail with dialing codes 1 At the start screen, se lect Names > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to an empty 1-touch dialing slot and select Assign . 3 Enter your voice mailbox number , including the area code. 4 Enter any dialing codes as necessary using the information that you wrote down earlier . For example, if you pause for 5 seco nds after connecting to voicemail, enter p twice after the voice mailbox number , such as 2 14555 12 12 pp . 5 Enter any remaining paus es, PIN codes, and other information that allows you to listen to your messages; then select OK . 6 Enter a name (such as V oicemail) and press OK . A message appears in the display confirming your 1-touch dialing location has been saved. 7 T o dial and listen to your voicemail, just press and hold the assigned 1-touch dialing key at the start screen . No other keypresses should be necessary . * Bypasses a set of instructions. Precedes an international telephone number . p P auses for 2.5 seconds before sending any numbers that follow . w W ait. Y our phone waits for you to press the Ta lk key before it sends any numbers or codes that follow . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 46 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 47 ] A dvanced features 9 Advanced features Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cause interference or danger . ⢠IN-CALL OPTIONS Y ou have numerous options while in a call. The options listed on the following pages are those available in the most common situations, such as when you are in a call or when a call is on hold. Note: Some options are network dependent. Check with your wireless provider if you have questions r egarding availability . With one call active Select Options when one call is active to display the following options: Record âÂÂRecord the current phone conversation. Equalizer âÂÂSelect an equalizer set or create a custom set of your own. End call âÂÂT erminate the call. New call âÂÂPlace a new call. T ouch tones âÂÂEnter touch tones manually or recall a string from your phone book. Phone book âÂÂDisplay the phone book menu. Menu âÂÂReturn to the main menus. Mute âÂÂMute the current call. Y ou can hear the other person but they cannot hear you. Hold âÂÂPlace the current call on hold. With a call on hold Select Options when a call is on hold to display the following options: Record âÂÂRecord the current phone conversation. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 47 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 48 ] Equalizer âÂÂSelect an equalizer set or create a custom set of your own. End call âÂÂT erminate the call. New call âÂÂPlace a new call. Phone book âÂÂDisplay the phone book menu. Menu âÂÂReturn to the main menus. Mute âÂÂMute the current call. Y ou can hear the other person but they cannot hear you. Unhold âÂÂActivates the held call. With one call active and another on hold Select Options when one call is active and another is on hold to display the following options: Record âÂÂRecord the active phone conversation. Equalizer âÂÂSelect an equalizer set or create a custom set of your own. End call âÂÂT erminate the active call. End all calls âÂÂEnd all calls. Conference âÂÂConnect all parties in a conversation. T ouch tones âÂÂEnter touch tones manually or recall a string from your phone book. Phone book âÂÂDisplay the phone book menu. Menu âÂÂReturn to the main menus. Mute âÂÂMute the current call. Y ou can hear the other person but they cannot hear you. Swap âÂÂSwitch from the active call t o the one on hold. T ransfer calls âÂÂT ransfer yo ur calls (on hold or otherwise) to another number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 48 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 49 ] A dvanced features ⢠CALL WAITING If supported by your wireless provide r , call waiting notif ies you of an incoming call while you are in a call. Y ou can then accept, reject, or ignore the incoming call. When you receive an incoming call 1 At first, the name or number appears in the display . After a few seconds, Call 2 appears below Call 1 in the display . 2 Select Answer or press the Tal k key to pick up the call. The first caller is put on hold and Swapped appears in the display . If you do not pick up the call within 30 seconds, the call is dropped. Switch between calls Select Swap or press the Tal k key . End the active call Press the End ke y . End both calls Select Options > End all calls. Reject a waiting call Select Options > Declin e call. Place a new call with one on hold ⢠While in a call, enter the number for the second call and press the Ta lk key . The first caller is put on hold. ⢠Switch between the two calls by selecting Swap or pressing the Ta l k key . ⢠End the active call by pressing the End key . ⢠T o end both calls, select Options > End all calls. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 49 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 50 ] ⢠SEND OWN CALLER ID WITH NEXT CALL Y ou can prevent your number from being displayed on the receiving partyâ s caller ID. This feature is network dependent and works on a call-by-call basis. Contact your wire less provider for more information. ⢠CALL FORWARDING Call forwarding tells your networ k to redirect incoming calls to another number . Note: Call forwarding is network dependent and may not work the same in all networks. Con tact your wireless provider for availabilit y . Activate call forwarding 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > Call forwarding . 2 Select one of the following options: Forward all voice calls âÂÂForward all calls to the number you specify . Forward when not able to take calls âÂÂForward calls that are not picked up. Y ou can also set a dela y before forwarding takes place. Forward all fax calls âÂÂForward all fax calls to a fax mailbox. Forward all data calls âÂÂForward all data ca lls to a data mailbox. Cancel all call forwarding âÂÂCancel any call forwarding options you may have set. 3 Select Activate . 4 If required, select the destination t o which your calls will be forwarded (either T o voice mailb . or To other no. ). 5 Enter the number to which your calls , data, or other information will be forwarded and select OK . Y our phone calls the network to activa te th e featu re you hav e reques ted. The network sends a confirmation note when the feature has been activated successfully . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 50 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 5 1 ] A dvanced features Cancel call forwarding From the menus, select Sett ings > Call settings > Call forwarding > Cancel all call forward ing . Note: Cancel all call forwarding may affect your ability to r e c e i v e voice mail m essages. Contact your wireless provid er for specific details. ⢠AUTOMATIC REDIAL Occasionally , your network may experi ence heavy traffic, resulting in a âÂÂfastâ busy signal when you dial. Wi th automatic redial activated, your phone redials the number up to 1 0 times, and notifies you once the network becomes available. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Automatic redial . 2 Select On to activate, or Off to deactivate. ⢠V OICE D IAL Y ou can select up to 1 0 entries in your phone book to dial by voice. Before you can do this, you need to assign each entry a âÂÂvoice tag.â Notes about voice tags ⢠V oice tags can be no longer than 1.5 seconds. ⢠Y ou cannot use voice dial while in a call. â¢S e l e c t Quit to abort recording the voice tag. ⢠Choose a quiet location for recording voice tags. ⢠Unique tags are best. For example, âÂÂJohn Smith, work.â â¢ Avoid pauses or silence as you record the voice tag. ⢠If memory is fu ll, Delete an existing voice tag? appears in the display . Select OK , scroll to locate a tag to delete, and then select Delete . Note: Using voice tags may be difficult in a noisy environment or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice dialing in all circumstances. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 51 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 52 ] Assign a voice tag 1 At the start sc reen, press ei ther scro ll key to display the entries in your phone book. 2 Scroll to the entry you would like to assign a voice tag, and select Details . 3 If the entry has multiple numbers, scroll to the number you wish to tag. 4 Select Options > Add voice tag > Start . 5 After the phone beeps, pronounce the voice tag clearly into the microphone. ⢠If the recording is successful, the voice tag is replayed through the earpiece and a confirmation note appears in the display . ⢠If the recording fails, the phone asks if you want to try again. Select OK to try again or Back to exit. V oice dial a number WITHOUT THE HEADS ET 1 At the start screen, select and hold Names . The phone beeps and Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Within 3 seconds, pronounce the tag into t he microphone. Once the voice tag is recognized , the tagged entry appears in the display , replays through the earpiece, and the number is dial ed. V OICE DIAL WITH THE HEADSET After you have assigned voice tags to those entries you wi sh to dial, you can also voice dial a number using the optional HDC-9P h eadset. 1 At the start screen, press and hold the remote button on the headset. The phone beeps and Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Pronounce the voice tag into the microphone. Once the voice tag is recognized , the tagged entry appears in the display , replays through the earpiece, and the number is dial ed. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 52 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 53 ] A dvanced features Display voice tagged entries 1 At the start screen, select Names > Vo i c e t a g s . 2 The first voice tagged name an d number appear in the display . 3 Press the scroll keys to view other voice tagged entries in alphabetical order . Change or delete a voice tag 1 At the start screen, select Names > Vo i c e t a g s . The first voice tagged entry in your phone book appears in the display . Entries appear in alphabetical order . 2 Scroll to the voice t ag you wish to change or delete; then select Options . 3 Select either Change or Delete . ⢠V OICE COMMANDS Y ou can command your phone to perf orm up to 5 different functions with your voice. V oice command s work similar to voice dialing, so you need to associate a voice tag with each command. Note: V oice commands cannot be used during a call, or when the data cable is attached. Add a voice tag for a command 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice commands . 2 Select one of the following options: Profiles âÂÂActivate up to 5 profiles. V oice mailbox âÂÂDial your voice mailbox. Infr ared âÂÂActivate infrared. Recorder âÂÂRecord a voice memo. 3 Scroll to the profile or command you wish to tag and select Options > Add command > Start . 4 When the phon e beeps, pronounce the voice t ag into the microphone. The phone replays and saves the tag. Note: Do not press Quit unless you want to cancel the recording. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 53 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 54 ] Execute a voice command WITHOUT THE HEADS ET After you have associated a voic e tag with a command, execute the command as follows: 1 At the start screen, select and hold Names . Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Pronounce the tag for one of the five available commands. 3 Found: <command> appears in the display and the command is exec uted. WITH THE HE ADSET After you have associated a voice tag with a command, you can also execute voice commands using the optional HDC-9P headset. 1 At the start screen, press and hold the remote button on the headset. The phone beeps and Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Pronounce the tag for one of the five available commands. Found: <command> appears in the display and the command is performed. Tip: Y ou can also execute voice c ommands by pressing and holding the do wn volume key on the side of the ph one. Change or delete an existing voice command tag 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice commands . 2 Scroll to the voice command you wish to modify; then select Options . 3 Select Chan ge or Delete . a) If you selected Change , select Start ; then record the new tag. b) If you selected Delete , select OK to delete the command. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 54 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 55 ] A dvanced features ⢠V OICE RE CORDER The Nokia 6340i phone can record both voice memos and phone conversations. The total of all reco rdings stored in your phone cannot exceed 3 minutes. If you are running out of memory and try to record, you are as ked to dele te a re cording before proceeding. Record a memo 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Record . After a brief pause, your phone begins recording and a progress bar appears in the display to indicate recorded t ime versus time left. 2 After you finish recording, select Stop , enter a title for the recording, and select OK . View recorded memos From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recordings list . After a brief pause, your oldest reco rded memo appears in the display . Play back a memo 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recordings list . After a brief pause, your oldest re corded memo appears in the display . 2 Scroll to the memo you wish to play and select Options > Playback . The memo begins playing, and a progr ess bar appears in the displ ay indicating the amount of play time left. If necessary , adjust the volume using the side volume key . Play back a memo while in a call Y ou can play back a memo whil e in a ca ll. All participants in the call can then hear the memo as it is played back. 1 While in a call, select Options > Menu . 2 Select the Vo i c e menu; then select V oice reco rder > Recordings list . 3 Scroll to the mem o you wish to play back an d select Options > Playback . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 55 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 56 ] Delete a memo 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recordings list . After a brief pause, your oldest re corded memo appears in the display . 2 Scroll to the memo you want to delete and select Options > Del ete . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK . The memo is deleted. Record a phon e conversation 1 While in a call, select Options > Record . Y our phone begins recording the conversation. A pr ogress bar and timer appear in the display , indicatin g the amount of time left. Also, a beep sounds every 5 seconds to notify both parties that the conversation is being recorded. 2 Select Stop to end the recording. The recording is saved as the time and date. Note: It may be illegal in some jurisdictions to record a phone conversation without the per mission of all participants. ⢠1-TOUCH DIALING Y ou can associate any entry in your phone book with keys 2 âÂÂ9 ; then dial those entries by pressing and holding the assigned key . Assign a key to 1-touch dialing 1 At the start screen, select Names > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to any empty slot and select Assign . 3 Enter the number (including the area code) and select OK , or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book. 4 Enter a name for the number and select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 56 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 57 ] A dvanced features Make a call with 1-touch dialing Press and hold the key to which an en try has been assigned, o r press the key to which an entry is assigned and then press the Tal k key . Y our phone dials the entry assigned to the key . Change 1-touch dialing numbers 1 At the start screen, select Names > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to the 1-touch dialing location you wish to change and select Options > Change . 3 Enter the new number or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book; then select OK . 4 Enter a name for the entry and select OK . Delete 1-touch dialing numbers 1 At the start screen, select Names > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to the 1-touch dialing location you wish to delete and select Options > Delete . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK to delete the key assignment. ⢠T OUCH TONE STRINGS Y our phone allows you to create spec ial sets of numbers known as touch tone strings which will dial a series of digits after a âÂÂwaitâ or a âÂÂpause.â For example, you can program your phone to send your account number while you are banking by phone. Y ou must be in numeric entry mode to enter these characters. Enter the numbers as usual. When you want to insert th e special characters, press the Star key repeatedly to switch among * , , p, w characters. Note: Use caution when sending confidential information if voice privacy is not active. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 57 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 58 ] p Creates a pause when a number is dialed. The numbers you enter after th is sp ec i al c h ar ac t er are automatically sent as touch ton es after a 2.5-second pause. w Creates a wait when a number is dialed. Y our phone waits for you to press the Left selection key before it sends the number as touch tones. * Sends command strings to the networ k. Contact your service provider for details. Links a 1-touch dialing number to a number in the phone book. Set touch tone length Y ou can also set the length of each touch tone. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone setti ngs > T ouch tone length . 2 Select either Short (0.1 second) or Long (0.5 second). Store touch tone strings Y ou can store touch tone strings the same way that you store names and numbers in your phone book. Y ou can store an entire sequence of digits and send it as touch tones for fre quently used strings of numbers. 1 Enter the phone number that you want associated with a touch tone. 2 Enter the touch tone cha racter w here needed ( p, w , or *). 3 Enter the touch tone string. 4 Store the number as you normally would. ⢠INTERNATIONAL DIALING International numbers require a prefix speci fic to the country from which you are calling . Ensure that your phone al ways has the correct home prefix by doing both of the following. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 58 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 59 ] A dvanced features Save international numbers with a in front Save all international numbers with a plus ( ) in front. For example, a number to Finland fro m the U.S. woul d look as follows: ( 35 8 12345678 9). Set the international prefix 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settin gs > International prefi x . After a brief pause, an entr y box appears in the display . 2 Enter the prefix specific to the country from which you are calling and select OK . For example, in the United States, enter 0 1 1. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 59 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 60 ] 1 0 Customize your phone Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . The Noki a 6340i pho ne can be easily cu stomized to fit your lifestyle. The display langu age, ringin g tones, audio, and enhan cement settin gs (among others) c an all be modified to suit your needs. It is even po ssible to u se a TTY or TDD device with you r phone in all mo des of operat ion (analog or di gital) . ⢠DISPLAY LANGUAGE 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone setti ngs > Languag e . After a brief pause, Automatic , English , Français , Español , and P ortuguês appear in the display . 2 Select the language of your choice. Note: The language setting affects the time and date formats of the clock, alarm clock, and calendar . ⢠SCREEN SAVER Y ou can set the phone to display a screen saver if the phone is left on for a certain length of time without bein g used. The screen saver displays the time in either analog or digital format. Activate or deactivate 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Screen saver . 2 Select On to activate the screen saver or Off to deactivate. Choose clock format 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Screen saver > Clocks . 2 Select the picture of the clock in either analog or digital format. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 60 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 6 1 ] Customize your phone Set timeout length 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Screen saver > Timeout . 2 Select either 10 s e c o n d s , 30 seco nds , or Other . 3 If you s elected Other , enter the length of the desired timeout in mm:ss format; then select OK . ⢠NETWORK SELECTION When you are out of your home netw ork, you may be able to manually search for another network which ha s a roaming agreement with your home service provider . 1 F rom t he menu s, select Settings > Phone settings > System selection . 2 Select one of the following options: Automat ic âÂÂThe phone selects a network automatically . Manual âÂÂThe phone searches for avai lable networks and displays a list of operator names and codes. Select a network from the list. New search âÂÂThe phone begins a new search for available systems. When it finds the best system available, the phone shows the system name. ⢠PROFILES Profiles def ine how your ph one reacts when you receiv e a call or a message, the sounds your keypad makes when ever you press a key , and more. Ringing options, keypad tones, and other settings for each of the five available profiles can be left at thei r default settings, or customized to suit your needs. Select and customiz e the most suitable profile for your situation, such as when you are in a meeting or outdoors. The following profiles are available: Normal , Silent , Meeting , Outdoor , and P a ger . Profiles are also available for enhancem ents such as a he adset, TTY device, and car kit. See âÂÂEnhancement profilesâ on page 65 for more infor mation about enhancement profiles. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 61 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 62 ] Select a profile 1 From the menus, select Pr ofiles . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the desired profile; then select Select . OR 1 At the start screen, briefly press the power key . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the desired profile. Customize a profile Y ou can customize any of the profiles a variety of ways. 1 From the menus, select Pr ofiles . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the profile you wish to customize; then select Custom ize . The following options are available. Ringing options âÂÂSelect the ringing tone style. Ring ing t one âÂÂSelect the ringing tone for incoming cal ls. Ringing volume âÂÂSet the volume of your ringing tone. Vibrating alert âÂÂT urn the vibrating alert on or off. Message alert tone âÂÂSelect th e tone for received mes sages. Ke y p ad t o n e s âÂÂSet th e volu me of yo ur k eypad to nes (or turn them off). W arning to nes âÂÂT urn war ning and confirmation tones on or off. Aler t for âÂÂDefine which caller groups the selected profile will accept or decline. See âÂÂCaller groupsâ on page 37 for more information. Profile n ame âÂÂRename the profile (up to 16 characters). Y ou cann ot rename the Normal profile. 3 Select the option that you want to customize and follow the prompts. Note: The same options (except Profi le name ) are available in the T one settings submenu of t he Setting s menu. If you use the Settings menu to set these options, they apply only to the Normal profile. They do not override the settings for any other profile. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 62 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 63 ] Customize your phone Set a timed profile Timed profiles can be used to prevent missed calls. For example, suppose you attend an event that requires your phone be set to Silent before the event starts, but you forget to return it to Normal until long after the event. During this time, you have mis sed several calls because the ringing tone was silent. A timed pr ofile can preven t this by autom atically r eturning your phone to the default profile at a time you specify . Note: Timed profiles can be set up to 24 hours in advance. 1 From the menus, select Pr ofiles . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the profile you wish to acti vate and set for timed expiration; then select Timed . 3 Enter the time for the profile to expire and select OK . The profile you have set for expirat ion is now active and appears in the start screen along with a small clock icon. ⢠ACCESSIBILITY OPTIONS TTY users Y our Nokia 6340i phone is compliant with TTY devices in all modes . Note: TTY/TDD is a network dependent feature. Check with your wireless provider for availability and description of services. In addition to your phone, yo u need the fol lowin g for TTY com munication : ⢠A TTY device that is cellular ready or cellular compatible ⢠A cable for connecting the TTY to your phone; usually supplied by the manufacturer of the TTY device ⢠The Nokia TTY adapter HDA-8, which can be purchased as an enhancement 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 63 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 64 ] Note: The Nokia TTY ada pter HDA-8 is for use with compatib le T TY devices and headsets only . Please ch eck your TTY device or he ad s et to ensure that t he conn ection is com patible. Nokia orig inal he ad s et s attach directly to the phone and do not require this adapter . Nokia does not endorse, warrant, or auth orize use of any enhancements not manufactured or licensed by Nokia. Connect TTY hardware The TTY device comes with a cabl e. 1 Plug the larger end of this cable into the input jack on the TTY . 2 Plug the other end of the cable into the TTY adapter HDA-8. 3 Plug the HDA-8 into the connector on th e bottom of your phone. Make a call with TTY Note: Y ou must have an enhancement attached to your phone prior to selecting the Accessory settings menu. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Accessor y settin gs > TTY/TDD > Use TTY > Y es . After a brief pause, a confirmation message appears in the display . Note: After selecting Ye s , this becomes the default and you will not have to do it again unless you turn TTY/TDD off. 2 Press the End ke y to return to the start screen. 3 Enter the number you wish to call (on the phone) and press the Ta l k key . 4 When the receiving party answers, begin typing your conversation on the TTY . Cable TTY HDA-8 1 3 2 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 64 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 65 ] Customize your phone End a TTY call Press the End key on the phone Receive a TTY call 1 Make sure the TTY and phone are connected. 2 When the phone vibrates (if vibrate is on), press the Tal k key to answer the call; then type your response on the TTY . 3 T o hang up, press the End key on the phone. ⢠ENHANCEMENT PROFILES Note: Y ou must have an enha ncement (such as a loopset) attached to your phone prior to selecting the Access ory sett ings menu. T o select and customize profiles for use with the headset, handsfree device (car kit), loopset, and T TY/TDD: 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Accessor y setti ngs . After a brief pause, the list of enhancement profiles appears in the display . 2 Select one of the follow ing enhancement profiles: Headset , Loopset , TTY/TDD , or Hands free . Headset options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when a headset is connected. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a headset is connected. Scroll to On or Off and press Select . Handsfree options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connected t o a car kit. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a car kit is connected. Select On or Off . Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Select On or Automat ic . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 65 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 66 ] Loopset options Use loopsetâ Enable use of the LPS-1 mobile inductive loopset. Select Ye s or No . Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when a loopset is connected. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a loopset is connected. Select On or Off . TTY/TDD option Use TTY âÂÂEnable the use of a TTY/TDD device. Select Ye s or No . Note: If the loopset is enabled, you are asked to disable the loopset before enabling TTY/TDD. Select Ye s to disabl e the loopset (thus enabling TTY/TDD). Select No to leave the loopset enabled. ⢠OPTIONAL HEADSETS The HDC-9P and HDE-1 he adsets can be purchased separately as enhancement s . Connect the headset 1 Insert the headset plug into the enhancement connection on the bottom end of your phone. 2 Place the round earbud in your ear . With the headset conn ected, you can make, answer , and end calls as usual. ⢠Use the keypad to enter numbers. ⢠Press the Ta l k key to place a call. ⢠Press the End key to end a call. When in use, the headset microphone hangs at the side of your head. Although it may seem far from your mouth, you can speak at normal volume. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 66 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 67 ] Customize your phone HDC-9P headset voice dialing Once you have set up voice tagged entries in your phone book, you can mak e a ca ll with the HDC- 9P headset by sim ply pressing an d holding t he re mo t e bu tt o n on the microphone. See â Assign a voice tagâ on page 52 for information on setting up voice tags. 1 At the start screen, press and hold the remote button on the headset. Y our phone beeps and Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Within 3 seconds, pronounce the voice tag into th e microphone. Once the voice tag is recognized , the tagged entry appears in the display , replays through the earpiece, and the number is dial ed. ⢠AUDIO SETTINGS Much like a stereo, your phone audi o can be cu stomized . Y ou c a n c ho o s e from a list of four equalizer presets or create up to two custom sets of your own. Activate an equalizer set 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > Equalizer . After a brief pause, the following eq ualizer sets appear in the display: Normal âÂÂSwitc hes the equal izer off. Bright âÂÂAmplifies higher frequencies. Dark âÂÂAmplifies lower frequencies. Loudness âÂÂAmplifies both higher an d lower frequencies. Set 1 âÂÂLets you customize an equalizer set ting. Set 2 âÂÂLets you customize an equalizer set ting. 2 Select the equalizer set of your choice. If you s elected Normal , Bright , Dark , or Loudne ss , a confirmation message appears and the equa lizer set is activated. If you s elected Se t 1 or Set 2 , a list of options appears. Select Activate to activate the equalizer set. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 67 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 68 ] Create a custom equalizer set 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > Equalizer . After a brief pause, a list of equa lizer sets appears in the display . 2 Select Set 1 or Set 2 ; then s elect Edit . Set 1 or Set 2 appears in the display with the bar on the far left highlighted. The bars adjust frequencies, from the lowest (the leftmost bar) to the highest (the rightmost bar). The higher the indicator on a particular bar , the more th at frequency is amplified. 3 T o adjust the lowest frequency , select Adjust, use the scroll keys to move the indicator up and down on the bar; then press Save to finish. 4 T o adjust other frequencie s, use the Down scroll key to move to th e next bar to the right, and the Up scrol l key to move to the left. 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 to adjust the setting for each frequency . 6 When yo u are finished, select Bac k . 7 T o activate the setting, select Activate . OR T o rename the setting, select Renam e . Choose an equalizer set while in a call 1 While in a call, select Options > Equalizer . 2 Scroll to one of the six equalizer settings and select Activate . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 68 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 69 ] Customize your phone ⢠DOWNLOAD A RINGING TONE In addition to 30 ringin g tones that come with your pho ne, you can download up to 1 0 more over the Internet or have them sent to your phone using SMS. Y ou can also create ringing to nes of your own and send them to your phone or other compatible phones using Nokia PC Suite. For more information on PC Suite, see the P C Connectivity Guide. Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your network operator or wireless prov ider . Only phones that off er download features can receive ringing tones. Contact your wireless provider for details. When you receive a ringing tone, Ringing tone received appears in the display . Listen to the tone 1 Select Options > P layback . 2 T o stop playing the tone, select Quit or press the End key . Discard the tone Select Options > Discard . Save the tone 1 Select Options > Save . 2 Scroll to an available slot and select Replace . ⢠RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS Y ou can return the phone settings to their original state. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Restore fac tory settings . 2 Enter the security code and select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 69 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 7 0 ] 1 1 Phone security Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can lock your keypad, restrict sele cted calls, and use security codes to secure your phone against a ccidental or unauthorized use. ⢠LOCK AND UNLOCK THE KEYPAD (K EYGUARD) Remember to lock the phone keypad to preven t accidental calls. If the keypad is locked, it unlocks when you receive a call. After the call the lock automatically reactivates. Note: When K eyguard is on, calls may be possible to di al emergenc y numbers (for example, 9 1 1 or othe r official emergency numbers). K ey in the emergency number and press the Tal k key . The number is displayed only after you ha ve keyed in its last digit. Lock the keypad (K eyguard) At the start screen, select Menu and pres s the Star key . K eys locked appears in the display . Unlock the keypad At the start screen, select Unlock and press the Star key . K eys unlocked appears in the display . ⢠SECUR ITY LEVELS The security level determines your a ccess to features when a nonowner SIM card is used. A nonowner SIM card is one (other than the original) that is inserted after you power off the phone. Regardless of the security level selected, calls still may be possible to the official emergency number programmed into your phone. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 70 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 7 1 ] Phone security 1 From the menus, select Settings > Security settings > Securi ty level . After a brief pause, you are prompt ed to enter the security code. The default code is 12345. Nokia recommends that you change the code as soon as possible. 2 Enter the security code and select OK . 3 Select one of the following options: Off âÂÂOwner a nd nonowner cards are trea ted the same. Memor y âÂÂNonowner cards can access SI M memory . Any changes to the memory setting requires the se curity code. The owner card has access to all features, but the securi ty code is required to change a memory setting. Phone âÂÂThe security code is required upon power-up. ⢠FIXED DIALING Once you set up and activate a fixe d dialing list, your phone can make calls only to those numbers that you have defined in the fixed dial ing list. Fixed dialing is a network feature and must be supported by your wireless provider . Note: With fixed dialing activated, calls still may be possible to the official emergency number programmed into your phone. Set up and activate Note: If you activate fixed di aling an d the number list is empty , all outgoing calls, except for emergency number s such as 9 1 1, require entry of the PIN2 code. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Security Settings > Fixed dialing . The options in the following table appear in the display: On âÂÂActivate fixed dialing (see âÂÂNotesâ on page 72 ). Off âÂÂDeactivate fixed d ialing. Number list âÂÂView the numbers in your fixed dialing list. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 71 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 72 ] 2 Select Number list . Fixed dialing not active and then Fixed dialin g list empty appear in the display . Y ou are then prompted to enter the PIN2 code. 3 Enter the PIN2 code and select OK . 4 Enter the fixed dialing number or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book; then select OK . 5 Enter a name for the number and select OK . A confirmation note appears in the display and you are returned to the fixed dialing number list. 6 Select Back > On to activate fixed dialing. View or edit 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Security Settings > Fixed dialing > Nu mber list . Y ou are prompted to enter the PIN2 code. 2 Enter the PIN2 code and select OK . 3 Any numbers which you have assign ed to fixed dialing appear in the display . 4 Scroll to a number and select Options . 5 Select one of the following options: View number âÂÂView the number for an entry . Add âÂÂAdd a number to your fixed dialing list. Edit âÂÂEdit the h ighlighted entry . Delete âÂÂDelete the highlighted entry . Delete all âÂÂDelete all entries in your fixed dialing list. Notes ⢠If a SIM card with fixed dialing activated is i nserted into a phone that does not support fixed dialing, the SIM card is rejected. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 72 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 73 ] Phone security ⢠If you try to add a name (without a number) to the fixed dialing list, you receive an error message. ⢠If you try to browse the fixed dialing list, but have not stored any numbers, Fixed dialing list empty appears in the display . ⢠Y ou cannot access SIM memory manua lly (view or copy numbers on the SIM card) while fixed dialing is active. ⢠ACCESS CODES Use access codes to change your secu rity code, PIN code , and PIN2 code. Note: Avoid using codes similar to emergency number s such as 9 1 1 to prevent accidental dialing of the emergency number . Security code The security code controls access to fe atures such as the security level and is supplied with the phone. The preset code is 12345. Note: If you enter the wron g security code five times in succession, you will not be able to enter a code for five minutes, even if you power off the phone between incorrect entries. Once you change the security code fr om its preset of 12345, keep the new code secret, and in a sa fe place separate from your phone. Use this procedure to change your security code. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Securit y settings > Access codes > Change security code . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current security code (default is 12345). 2 Enter the current sec urity code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new security code. 3 Enter the new security code (up to 1 0 characters) and select OK . Y ou are prompted to reenter the new security code for verification. 4 Enter the new security code again and select OK . A message appears confirming your security code has been changed. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 73 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 74 ] PIN code The PIN code protects the SIM card from unauthor ized access. The PIN code can be 4âÂÂ8 digits in length. After thre e successive incorrect entries the PIN code is blocked and you are aske d to enter the personal unblocking key (PUK) code. Note: The PIN code must be obtained from your wireless provider . The PIN code is ty pically provided with your SIM card. ENABLE PIN CODE REQUEST Y ou can enable your phone to request the PIN code upon power-up. This provides extra security in ca se your phone is lost or stolen. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Security settings > PIN code request . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current PIN code. 2 Enter the PIN code and select OK . 3 Scroll to On and se lect OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. CHANGE YOUR PIN CODE Before you can change your PIN code, you must enable PIN code request . See âÂÂEnable PIN code requestâ on page 74. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Security settings > Ac cess codes > Change PIN code . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current PIN code. 2 Enter the PIN code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new PIN code. 3 Enter the new PIN code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to reenter the new PIN code for verification. 4 Enter the new PIN code again and select OK . A message appears confirming your PIN code has been changed. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 74 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 75 ] Phone security PIN2 Code The PIN2 code is required for features such as fixed dialing. If you enter an incorrect PIN2 code three times in succession, the PIN2 code is blocked and you have to enter the PUK2 code. Note: The original PIN2 code must be obtained from your wireless provider . 1 From the men us, select Settin gs > Security settings > Access codes > Change PIN2 code . Y ou are prompted to enter the current PIN2 code. 2 Enter the current PIN2 c ode and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new PIN2 code. 3 Enter the new PIN2 code and select OK . Y ou are aske d to verify the new PI N2 code by entering it again. 4 Enter the new PIN2 code again and select OK . A message appears confi rming that you have changed the PIN2 code. PUK (personal unblocking key) codes PUK and PUK2 codes are used to restore blocked PIN and PIN2 codes. Both PUK and PUK2 codes are eight characters in length and cannot be changed. PUK and PUK2 codes must be obtained from your wireless provider . Note: If you enter an incorrect PUK or PUK2 code 1 0 times in succession, the message SIM reject ed appears in the display an d the S IM card can no lo nger be used. Y ou must contact your wi re l es s provider for a new SIM card. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 75 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 76 ] 12 Messages Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . If you subscribe to a me ssage service, you can send and receive messages to compatible phones that also have a message service. Y ou can also send and receive picture messages and e-mail if supported by your network. Composed mes sag es can be up to 160 c harac ters i n lengt h. Note: When sending messages, your device may display the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indication that the message has bee n sent by your device to the message center number programm ed into your device. This is n ot an i ndication that the message has been received at the intended destination. For more details about messagin g services , chec k with your service provider . ⢠BEFORE YOU CAN SEND AND RECEIVE MESSAGES Y ou need the following to send and receive messages: ⢠A messaging service th roug h your wireless provider ⢠A message center number , which must be saved to your phone (if your wireless provider has not done so already) ⢠LINKED MESSAGES Y our phone can receive one long message (up to 459 characters) in sequences. Y ou can start reading th e first part before the phone has received the entire message. While viewing the mes sage, you may see *some text missing* on the display . This is normal, and the mess age content will be updated as soon as the mi ssing s equence arrives. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 76 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 77 ] Messages If the memory is full, you may have to delete a message fr om your inbox or outbox before your phone ca n update the missing text . See âÂÂD elete messagesâ on page 86. ⢠FONT SIZE FOR MESSAGES Y ou can choose whether messages appear in the display in large or small font. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Message setting s > Font size . 2 Select either Small font or Large font . ⢠MESSAGE ICONS Icons that precede the title of a message indicate the following: ⢠SAVE YOUR MESSAGE CENTER NUMBER Messages sent by your phone are routed through your wireless providerâ s message center . Normally , this number is saved to your phone by your wireless provider . T o save the number manually , do the following: 1 From the menus, select Messages > Mess age set tings > Sending profile > Default profile > Message center number . 2 If the box in the display is empty , enter the number given by your wireless provider and select OK . OR If the box is full, leave the number as it is and select OK . The message h as not been read. The message h as been re ad. A message (which you have composed) has not been sent. i The message is a delivery report. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 77 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 78 ] ⢠WRITE AND SEND A MESSAGE 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Compose a message using the keypad and select Opti ons > Send . 3 Enter the recipientâ s phone number , or select Find to retrie ve a number from your phone book; then select OK . The message is sent. ⢠READ MESSAGES When you receive a message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display as well as the unopened letter icon ( ). 1 Select Show to read the message, or select Exit to move the message to your inbox. 2 If you have more than one message, scroll to the message of your choice and select Select to view the message. 3 Use the scroll keys to view th e whole message if necessary . Tip: Ke ep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 4 Once you are finished, select Back to move the message to the inbox, or select Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward . Note: When you have unopened me ssages in your inbox, is shown in the upper left corner of the start screen as a reminder . ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE 1 While viewing a message, select Options > Reply . 2 Select one of the following reply options: â¢E m p t y s c r e e n ⢠Orig inal t ext ⢠T emplate 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 78 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 79 ] Messages â¢Y e s â¢N o â¢O K ⢠Thank you ⢠Congrats ⢠Hap py birthday ⢠I love you too ⢠Hugs and kisses ⢠Sorry ⢠Sorry IâÂÂm late 3 Enter your reply; then select Options > Send . The number of the original sender appears in the display . 4 Select OK . Y our reply is sent. ⢠FORWARD A MESSAGE 1 While viewing a message, select Options > Forwa rd . 2 Enter the recipientâ s phone number (or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book); then select OK . The message is forwarded. â¢E - M A I L Y ou can send e-mail up to 160 characters in length to anyone with an e-mail address. Contact your wireless provider for your e-mail server number . The e-mail address is included in the total character co u nt f o r a n e- ma i l message, which is 160 characters. Le a ve enough space for the e-mail address while compo sing your message or you will be t ak en ba ck t o t he editor , where you will have to de lete some text before sending. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 79 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 80 ] Using special (Unicode) characters such as ë, â, á, ì ta kes up more spa ce. If there are special characters in your message, the indicator may not show the message length correctly . Service providers may customize the SMS message settings interface. For more details about SMS services, ple ase contact your service provider . Note: Y ou cannot send picture messages with e-mail. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write e-mail . 2 Enter the e-mail address (or select Find and retrieve it from your phone book) and select OK . 3 Enter the subject of the e-mail and select OK . 4 Enter the text of the e-mail and select Opti ons > Send e-mail . 5 If the e-mail server number shown in the display is correct, select OK . OR If the number is blank or incorrec t, enter or edit the number; then select OK . The e-mail is sent. ⢠PICTURE MESSAGES The Nokia 6340i phone comes with 1 0 preloaded pictures and 5 empty storage slots (15 total). Y ou can, however , overwrite any of the 1 0 pictures that come with your phone. Picture s can be attached to a message and sent using SMS to compatible phones . Y o u cannot send a picture message using e-mail. Picture messages behave the sa me as text messages , but pictures take up more spac e than text. Pictures are stor ed in the templates folder under Messages > T emplates . Download pictures The Nokia 6340i phone can download pictures, or receive them from compatible phones using SMS to use in messages. Y ou can also create pictures and send them to your phone or other compatible phones using Nokia PC Suite. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 80 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 8 1 ] Messages Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your network operator or wireless prov ider . Only phones that off er picture message featu res can receive and displ ay pictu re messages. Contact your wireless provider for details. Receive a picture message When you receive a pict ure message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display as well as the unopened letter icon ( ). 1 Select Show to read the message, or select Exit t o move the message to your inbox. 2 If you have more than one message, scroll to the message of your choice and select Select to view the message. 3 Use the scroll keys to view th e whole message if necessary . Tip: Ke ep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 4 When you are finished, select Back to move the message to the inbox, or select Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward . Note: When you have unopened me ssages in your inbox, is shown in the upper left corner of the start screen as a reminder . Save the picture Y ou can save the picture to yo u r templates folder for later use. 1 With the message open select Options > Sav e ; then select OK . Note: If your templates folder is full of pictures, scroll to a picture you want to replace and select Select . Compose and send a picture message One picture message is equivalent in size (and cos t) to 3 text messages . When you attach a picture to a message, you have enough remaining space for about 12 1 characters in th e message. If you try to attach a picture to a message which is almost full of text, a beep sounds and you are prompted to delete some text before proceeding. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 81 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 82 ] Tip: Attach pictures before adding text. Y ou can then check remaining space for text in the upper right corner of the display . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write message . After a brief pause, the message e dit screen appears in the display . 2 Enter a message (or enter nothing if you choose), and select Options > Attach pi ctur e. A list of pictures appears in the display . 3 Scroll to a picture and select View . 4 Select Attach to insert the picture into your message, or select Back to return to the list of pictures. 5 T o send the pict ure message, select Options > Send . 6 Enter the phone number f or your recipient (or select Find to re triev e a number from your phone book); then select OK . The message is sent. Preview , change, or de lete a picture message 1 After a picture has been attach ed to your message , select Options at the message ed it scree n. 2 Select one of the following options: Previewâ Preview the attached messag e before sending. Select Back to return to the list of options. Change picture âÂÂReturn to the picture list. Scroll to highlight a new picture; then select View > Attach to replace the previous picture in your message. Delete pictureâ Select OK to delete the picture from your message, or select Back to return to the list of options. ⢠T EMPLATES T emplates are short, prewri tten messa ges which can be recalled and sent as original messages or used as a quick reply . Y ou can also customize and save an existing template or create a new one. T emplates are stored in the templates folder . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 82 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 83 ] Messages Send a template message 1 From the menus, select Messages > T emplates . Af te r a brief pause, the template s folder opens to display a list of templates. 2 Select one of the following templates: ⢠Please call ⢠IâÂÂm at home. Please call ⢠IâÂÂm at work. Please ca ll ⢠IâÂÂm in a meeting, call me later at ⢠Meeting is canceled. ⢠I am late. I will be there at â¢S e e y o u i n â¢S e e y o u a t ⢠Sorry , I canâÂÂt help you on this. ⢠I will be ar riving at Note: Pictures are also stored in the templates folder . 3 T o send the template as it is, go to step 1 1. 4 T o modify the template before sending, select Options > Edi t . 5 Select either As text msg or As e-mail . Y ou are taken to the message edit display . 6 Edit the template as you choose. 7 T o send the message without sa ving the changed template, go to step 11 . 8 T o save the template be fore sending, select Options > Save message . Replace original? appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 83 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 84 ] 9 Select Ye s to save over the template, or select No t o s a v e i t a s a n e w template to a folder of your choice. A confirmation message appears br iefly; then the folder where you saved the message appears wi th the message highlighted. 10 Select Select . 11 Select Options > Send . 12 Select either As text msg or As e-mail . 13 Enter the recipientâÂÂs number (or press Find to retrieve a number from your phone book); then select OK . The template message is sent. Insert a template into a message Y ou can insert a template into a message that you are composing. 1 While composing a message, select Options > Use template . 2 Select the template you want to insert. The template is inserted. Create a custom template 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Compose your custom template and select Options > Sa ve messag e > T emplates . The message is saved as a template. ⢠ORGANIZE MESSAGES WITH FOLDERS Folders Inbox âÂÂMessages are automatically stored in the inbox after they have been read or if you press the End key whe n Mess age receiv ed appears on the start screen. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 84 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 85 ] Messages Outbox âÂÂMessages that you have cr eated but not sent are automatically stored in the outb ox . Archive âÂÂStore messages that have been read in the archive folder . Te m p la t e s âÂÂPictures and prewritten templates are stored in the templates folder . Preloaded templates can be edited and customized. My folders K eep your messages organized by creating custom folders and saving some of your messages there. ADD A FOLDER OF YOUR OWN 1 From the menus, select Messages > My fold ers > Options > Add folder . 2 Enter a name for the new folder and select OK . The folder is added. REMOVE A FOLDER Only folders created in My folders can be deleted. The inbox, outbox, archive, and templates folders are protected. When you delet e a folder , all messages in the folder are also deleted. 1 From the menus, select Messages > My fold ers . 2 Scroll to the folder you wish to remove and select Options > Delete fol der . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK to delete or Back to exit. Move a message to a folder 1 While viewing the mes sage, select Options > Move . 2 Select the destination folder . The message is moved into the destination folder . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 85 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 86 ] Save messages to folders Y ou can save messages to an existing folder or to a folder that you have created. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Write your message and select Options > Save message . 3 Select the folder where you want to save the message. The message is saved. View saved messages 1 From the menus, select Messages , then select the folder containing the message you want to view . 2 When the folder opens, select th e message you want to view . ⢠DELETE MESSAGES If your message memory is full and you have more messages waiting at the network, blinks in the start screen. Y ou can do the following to create more spa ce: ⢠Read some of the unread messages and delete them. ⢠Delete some of the messages from your folders. A single message T o delete a single message, you need to open it first. 1 From the menus, select Messages ; then select the folder containing the message you wish to delete. A list of messages appears in the display . 2 Select the message you wish to delete. The message opens. 3 Select Options > Delete . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 4 Select OK to delete the message. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 86 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 87 ] Messages All messages in a folder 1 From the menus, select Messages > Delete messages . 2 Select the folder containing the mess ages that you wish to delete, or select All messages . W arning: If you sele ct All me ssages , it deletes any messages which have been read in all of the folders. Y ou are asked to confirm the delet ion. 3 Select OK to delete or Back to exit. If there are unread messages in the selected folder or folders, you are asked whether you want to de lete unread messages also. 4 Select Ye s to delete unrea d messages, or No to keep them. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 87 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 88 ] 13 Organizer Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions unless otherwise noted. Do not sw itch on the phone when the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . The Nokia 6340i phone has many useful fe atures for organizing your everyday life, includin g a calendar , to-d o list, and alarm clock. It also has a calculator that can easily conver t domestic and for eign curre ncy , plus a new feature called W allet for making purchases onli ne. In this cha pter you wil l learn how to us e your phone as a person al digi tal assistant. ⢠CALENDAR The calendar keeps track of reminders , calls you need to make, meetings, and birthdays. It can even sound an alarm for any of these events. Open the calendar From the menus, select Organizer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display with the current date highlighted by a black box. Four-way scrolling Y ou can move the cursor in some calendar views using the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys much the same as a joystick. Monthly view Scroll up Scroll right Scroll left Scroll down 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 88 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 89 ] Organizer Monthly view The monthly view provides an overview of th e selected month and weeks. It also allows you to jump to a specific date. Any days that appear in bold font contain calendar notes su ch as a meeting or reminder . Jump to a date 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . 2 Select Options > Go to date . 3 Enter the date (for example, 05/30/2003) and select OK . The monthly view ap pears in the disp l ay with t he jump date highlighted. Make a note for a specific date Y ou can choose from four types of notes: Meeting , Call , Bi rthday , and Memo . The phone asks for further information depending on which note you choose. Y ou also have the option to set an alarm for any note that you select. 1 Jump to the date for wh ich you want to make a note. 2 From the monthly view with the jump date highlighted, select Options > Ma ke a note ; then select one of the following note types: Meeting prompts you to enter a subject, a location, and a start/end time. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Call prompts you to enter a phone number , a name, and the time. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Birth day prompts you to en ter the personâ s name and year of birth. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Memo prompts you to enter a subject and an end date. Y ou are then given the opt ion to set an alarm. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 89 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 90 ] 3 Enter the note and select Options > S av e . 4 Enter the information requested by the prompts. View calendar n otes (day view) After you have created some calendar n otes, you can view them as follows: 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Ca lendar . After a brief pause, the monthly vi ew appears in the display with the current date highlighted. Any dates that contain calendar notes are in bold font. 2 Jump or scroll to the date containing the notes you wish to view . 3 Select Options > View day . Any notes you have for the day appear in a list format. 4 Scroll to the desired note and select Options > View . The body of the note appears in the display . Calendar note options Select Options while viewi ng a dayâ s notes to d isplay the fo llowing option s: View âÂÂView the full note (available only while viewing the header). Make a no te âÂÂMake another note for the selected date (available only while viewing the header). Delete âÂÂDelet e the note. Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Move âÂÂMove the note to another date on your calendar . Repeat âÂÂEnable the note to recur on a regular basis (daily , weekly , biweekly , monthly , and yearly). Go to date âÂÂJump to another date on your calendar (available only while viewing the header). 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 90 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 9 1 ] Organizer Send note âÂÂSend th e note to another device using IR or SMS as text or in vCal format. Copy âÂÂCopy the note. Y ou can then paste the note to another date. Settings âÂÂSet the date and time, date and time format, the day each week starts, and whether you want yo ur notes to autodelete after a specified time. Send and receive calendar notes SEND A NOTE TO ANOTHE R DEVICE Note: If sending using IR, ensure the other device is set to receive data using IR. For more informat ion on enabling the receiving device IR, refer to the user guide for the receiving device. 1 From the menus, select Organ izer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . Days containing notes are in bold font. 2 Jump or scroll to the date containing the note you wish to send. 3 Select Options > View day . 4 Scroll to the note you wish to sen d and select Options > Send note . 5 Select either Via infrared , As note , or As text ms g . 6 If you s elected Via infrared , align the infrared ports of both devices and select Select . The note is sent. 7 If you s elected As note , enter the number for the recipient or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book, and select OK . The note is sent. 8 If you s elected As text msg , the note appears in the displ ay . 9 Select Options > S end . 10 Enter the number for the recipient or select Find to retrieve a number from the phone book, and select OK . The note is sent. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 91 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 92 ] RECEIVE CALENDAR NOTE S FROM ANOTHER DEVICE When you receive a c alendar note, your phone displays Calendar note received . Y ou can then save the not e in your calendar and set an alarm for any date and time. VIEW RECEIVED CALENDAR NOTES 1 When your phone displays Calendar note received , select Show . The text of the note appears in the display . 2 Use the scroll keys to view the entire message, if necessary . SAVE RECEIVED CALENDAR NOTES After viewing the calendar note , se lect Options > Save . DISCARD VIEWED CALENDAR N OTES After viewing the calendar note, select Options > Discard . ⢠T O-DO LIST Y ou can keep track of your tasks w ith the to-do list feature. Y o u may be able to save up to 30 notes, depend ing on their length. T o-do notes are not related to specific dates. Add a to-do note 1 From the menus, select Organ izer > T o - do list > Options > Add . 2 Enter the to-do note and sel ect Options > Save . 3 Select either High , Medium , or Low priority . The to-do note is saved. View a to - do note 1 From the menus, select Organ izer > T o - do list. 2 Scroll to a to-do note and select Options > View . The to-do note appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 92 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 93 ] Organizer T o-do note options Select Options while viewing the header or body of a particular note and the following options appear: View âÂÂVie w the sele cted note (a va ilab le only in header view). Add âÂÂCreate a note. Delete âÂÂDelete a note. Edit âÂÂModify the contents of a note. Edit priority âÂÂChange the priority of a note to high, medium, or low . Go to priority âÂÂView notes for a specific priorit y level, such as al l of your High priority notes. Save to calend. âÂÂSave the to-do note as a calendar note. Send as text âÂÂSend the note as a text message to another phone. ⢠W ALLET W allet allows y ou to stor e person al infor mation, su c h a s de b i t and credit card inform ation, to an encrypted area of phone memory . This in fo rm a ti on can then be used to make fast, se cu r e p ur ch a s e s online. Online purchase capabilities are dependent upon your wireless provider . Y ou can also store important information in a W allet personal note. Security features such as a password and data encryption make it ideal for storing personal information such as PIN codes and other sensitive data. See âÂÂCompose a personal noteâ on page 97 for more information about composing a personal note in W allet. Note: This section focuses mainly on W allet setup. After you have entered the necessary credit, de bit, and other information into W allet, see âÂÂOnline purchasesâ on page 11 4 for instructions on using W allet for transactions with your W AP browser . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 93 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 94 ] Security T o protect yourself against unauthori zed use of W allet c ontent, you can require a code to be entered each time you use W allet. See â Activate or deactivate code requestâ on page 95 for instructions. Time-out If W allet is open for longer th an 5 minutes without any user interaction (keypresses), a query appears in the display asking if you would like to keep W allet open, or exit. If you do not respond within 5 seconds, W allet closes and your phone returns to the start screen. Create a W allet code The first time you access W allet, you are asked to create a personalized W allet code. The W allet code can be 4âÂÂ1 0 digits in length. 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter a W allet code. 2 Enter the 4âÂÂ1 0 digit code of your choice and select OK . W allet prompts you to verify th e code. 3 Enter the code again and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming you have created a W allet code. Note: Create a code that is un ique, yet easy to remember . This will be your key to using W allet features in the future. K e ep your W allet code in a secret place, separate from your phone. Change your W allet code 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your W allet code. 2 Enter your W allet code and select OK > Settings > Change code . 3 Enter the original W allet code and select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 94 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 95 ] Organizer 4 Enter the new W allet code and select OK . 5 Enter the new W a llet code again for verification and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your change. Activate or deacti vate code request T o protect yourself against unauthori zed use of W allet c ontent, you can requ ire the W all et co de to be ent ered each time you use W a llet. 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . 2 After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your W allet code. 3 Enter your W allet code and select OK > Settin gs > Code request . 4 Y ou are prompted to enter the W allet code. 5 Enter the W allet code and select OK . 6 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A message appears in the display co nfirming you have activated or deactivated code request. Reset the W allet code If you forget the Wallet code and wish to delete all the information stored in W allet, follow these steps. W arning: Once you reset the W allet code and clear the contents of W allet, all of the information is deleted. Y ou must manually enter the information to restore it. 1 At the start screen, enter *#3925538# (or *#ewallet# ). A message appears asking if you wa nt to delete your Wallet content and code. 2 If you want to permanently delete your W allet code and its contents, select OK . 3 Enter the security code and select OK . Y our Wa llet code and content are deleted. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 95 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 96 ] Create a W allet card W allet cards contain data entry fie lds for shipping, billing, receipt, and card information. W allet can hold up to five credit card sets. 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . After a brief pause, you are pr ompted to enter the W allet code. 2 Enter the W allet code and select OK > Cards . 3 Scroll to a card and select Options > View ; then select one of the following options: Card info âÂÂEnter the card holder , type, number , verification value, expiration day , expiration month, and expiration year . User info âÂÂEnter your user name and password. Ship ping info âÂÂEnter your first, middle, and last name, company name and street address 1, street ad dress 2, city , state, zip code, and country , phone number , and e-mail addr ess. Billing info âÂÂEnter your first, middle, last name, company name and street address 1, street address 2, city , state, zip code, country , phone number , and e-mail address. Receipt info âÂÂEnter the receipt to phone number and receipt to e-mail address. W allet card options In the li st of wallet cards , scroll to a card that you have cr eated and select Options to displa y the following options: ViewâÂÂView details of the selected card. Copy card âÂÂMake a copy of the card with a different name. Clear card âÂÂClear t he contents of the ca rd. Rename card âÂÂRename the card. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 96 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 97 ] Organizer Compose a personal note W allet can store up to 30 personal notes, such as passcodes or other sensitive data. Y our notes are protec ted by the W allet security feature. 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your W allet code. 2 Enter your W allet code and select OK > P ersonal notes > Add new . 3 Compose your note and select Options > Save . 4 Enter a title for the note and select Options > Save . Y our note is saved. OPTIONS WHILE COMPOSING A NOTE Select Options while composing a note to display the following options: Save âÂÂSave the note. Edit word âÂÂIf you are in predictive text mod e, use this option to edit the word you are currently composing in standard mode. Insert word âÂÂIf you are in predictive text, use this options to create a word in standard mode and insert it into the note. Insert symbol âÂÂDisplay a list of special charac ters to insert into the note. Predictive text âÂÂT urn on predictive text for the available langu ages. Matches âÂÂDisplay a list of possible matches for the word you are composing in predictive text. Note: If predictive text is off, only Save and Pre dictive te xt are available. OPTIONS WHILE VIEWING THE NOTES LIS T 1 Select P ersonal notes from the W allet main menu. The headers of the notes you have composed appear in the display . 2 Scroll to a note header and select Optio ns ; then select one of the following: View âÂÂView the contents of the selected note. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 97 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 98 ] Edit âÂÂEdit the contents of the selected note. Add new âÂÂCompose and save a new note. Sort âÂÂSort the list of notes by name or date. Delete âÂÂDelet e the sele cted note. Delete all âÂÂDelete all note s. OPTIONS WHILE VIEWING A NOTE While viewing a personal note, select Options ; then select one of the following: Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Send as text âÂÂSend the note to a compatible phone using SMS. Copy to calend. âÂÂCopy the note to any date on your calendar . Use detail âÂÂCapture any phone numbers, e-mail addresses, or web addresses within the note. This in formation can then be saved to your phone book or used to place a call, send a message, add a bookmark, or connect to a site on the mobile Internet. Delete âÂÂDelet e the note. ⢠SET THE TIME AND DATE Set the clock 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Time sett ings > Clock > Set the time . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the time. 2 Enter the time in hh:mm forma t, and select OK . If the time format is am/pm , you are prompted to select am or pm . 3 Select the appropriate choice. The time is set. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 98 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 99 ] Organizer Show or hide the clock Y ou can display the clock on the start screen, or hide it from view . 1 From the menus, select Sett ings > Time settings > Cl ock . 2 If the clock is hidden, select Show clock . OR If the clock is shown in the display , select Hide clock . Change the time format Y ou can set the time format for am/pm or 24-hour format (military time). 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Time sett ings > Clock > Time format . 2 Select either 24-hour or am/pm . Set the date 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . 2 Select Options > Settings > Set the date . 3 Enter the date and press OK . The date is set. Change the date format 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . 2 Select Options > Settings > Date for mat . 3 Select the format of your choice. Automatically update date and time The phone can receive the local da te and time from the network and automatically update the settings. If auto-update is active, the date and time are updated whenever the new local date and time di ffer by more than 30 seconds from the date and time stored in the phone. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 99 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 1 0 0 ] 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time settings > Auto-update of date & time . 2 Select one of the following options: On âÂÂUpdate date and time automatically . Off âÂÂDo not update date and time automatically . Confirm first âÂÂAsk for user confirmation before updating date and time. ⢠ALARM CLOCK The alarm clock is based on the internal clock of the phone. It sounds an alert any time you specify and even works if th e phone is off. Set an alarm ALREADY SET 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Alarm clock > On . 2 Enter the time for the alarm in hh:mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Alarm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start scree n. NOT ALRE ADY SET 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Alarm clock . 2 Enter a time for the alarm in hh:mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Alarm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start scree n. When the alarm sounds Y our phone beeps, vibrates, and the display lights up. Stop and Snooze appear in the bottom of the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 100 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 1 ] Organizer WITH THE PHONE ON Select Stop to shut the alarm off. OR Select Snooze . The alarm stops for 1 0 minutes and Snoozing appears in the display . If you do not press a key , the alarms stops (snoozes) for 5 minutes, and then sounds again. WITH THE PHONE OFF 1 The alarm sounds. 2 If you s elect Stop, Switch the phone on ? appears in the display . Note: The phone will only power up if you select Ye s when Switch the phone on? appears in the display . 3 Select Ye s to power up the phone; select No to keep it switched off. W arning: Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . T urn off an alarm setting From the menus, select Settin gs > Alarm clock > Off . Alarm off appears briefly in the display . ⢠CALCULATOR The calculator in your phone adds, subtracts, multiplies, divides, counts the square and the square root, and converts currency values. Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and is designed for simple calculations. Basic calculations 1 From the menus, select Cal culator . After a brief pause, the calculator screen appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 101 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 02 ] 2 Enter the first number in your calculation. ⢠Press the Po u n d key to enter a decimal point. ⢠Press Cle ar to delete any mistakes. ⢠Press the Star key to cycle through and select the add ( ), subtract (-), multiply ( * ), and divide (/) characters. 3 Enter the second number in your calculation. 4 Select Options ; then select one of th e following: Equals âÂÂDisplays the sum of your calculat ion. Add âÂÂAdds numbers in the calculation. Subtra ct âÂÂSubtracts numbers in the calculation. Multiply âÂÂMultiplies numbers in the calculation. Divide âÂÂDivides numbers in the calculation. Square âÂÂSquares numbers in the calculation. Square root âÂÂT akes the square root of the numbers in the calculation. Change sign âÂÂReturns to the previous dis play to select another sign for the calculation (plus sign, minus sign, etc.). Currency conversion Y ou can convert foreign currency to domestic, or vice versa d irectly from the start screen. 1 At the start screen, enter a currenc y amount to convert. 2 Select Options ; then select one of th e following options: To h o m e âÂÂConverts foreign cur rency to domestic currency . To f o r e i g n âÂÂConverts domestic currency to foreign currency . If you have not done so already , you are prompted to enter the exchange rate. 3 Enter the exchan ge rate, using the Po u n d key to insert a decimal if needed, and s elect OK . The converted amount appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 102 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 3 ] Organizer Edit the exchange rate 1 From the menus, select Cal culator > Options > Exch ange rate . 2 Select one of the following options: Foreign units converted to home units âÂÂEnter the number of home units it takes to make one unit of foreign currency . Home units converted to foreign units âÂÂEnter the number of foreign units it takes to make one unit of your home currency . 3 Enter the exchange rate and select OK . The exchange rate is saved . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 103 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 4 ] 14 Y our phone and other devices Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . The Nokia 6340i phone is capable of in teracting with, or connecting to a variety of devices using IR (infra red) or the DLR-3 P serial cable. The Nokia 6340i phone can exchange information with other compatible phones, desktop and laptop PCs, an d han dheld devices. It can also fun cti o n a s a wireless modem when connected to comp atible PCs and handheld dev ices. ⢠IR BASICS Y our phone can send and receive certain types of data by way of the IR ph on e p o r t . T ransmission and reception must be to or from a n i n f r a r e d compatible phone or device. The Nokia 6340i phone is a Class 1 laser Product. Note: The preferable distance betwee n two devices in an infrared c onn ection is from 3 inches t o 3 feet. T here must be no ob structions between the two devices and both IR ports must be pointed at each other . Enable IR communications Before you can receive information (bus iness cards, calendar , or to-do list notes) or make an IR connection to a PC or handheld device: 1 Make sure that the IR ports of the two devices are pointin g at each other . 2 From the menus, select In frared . After a brief pause, IR reception activated appears in the display , and the IR icon appears in the upper left corner of the start screen. 3 Have the us er of the se nding device select the desired IR function to start data transfer . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 104 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 5 ] Y our phone and other devices If data transfer does no t start withi n 2 minutes, the connec tion is canceled. Y ou must activate IR communications on your phone again. IR connection status The status of an IR connection is shown by the IR icon . â¢W h e n ap pears steady , there is an IR connection between your phone and the other device. â¢W h e n does not appear , no IR connection exists. â¢W h e n blinks, your phone is trying to connect to the other device or the connection has been lost. ⢠SEND AND RECE IVE INFORMATION Y ou can send and receive phone book en tries as âÂÂbusiness cardsâ (v .card 2.1 format) using IR between compa tible phones, between your phone and a PC running the appropriate so ftware, or between other compatible IR-equipp ed handhe ld devices. Y ou can al so sen d and receive calendar notes. Create a business card When you select and send a phone book entry to a compatible device using IR or SMS, a busi ness card is created. Send a business card BY IR First, make sure the other phone or de vice is set to r eceive data using i ts IR port. Refer to the user guide for th e receiving device for more i nformation on setting up IR communications and receiving data over IR. 1 Recall the phone book entry you would like to send by IR. 2 Select Details > Options > Send bus. card . 3 Ensure the IR port of your p hone and the other device are poi nted at one another and within rang e (3 inches to 3 feet). 4 Select Via infrared . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 105 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 6 ] 5 If prompted, select Primary n o. or All d etails. The business card is sent. BY SMS 1 Recall the phone book entry you would like to send by SMS. 2 Select Details > Options > Send bus. card > Via text msg . 3 If prompted, select Primary n o. or All d etails. 4 Enter the phone number of the recipient, or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book. 5 Select OK . The business card is sent. Send a calendar note Y ou can send and receive calendar note s using the sam e basic procedures as those found in the section âÂÂSend a b usiness cardâ o n page 10 5 . From the selected calendar dayâ s day list: 1 Scroll to the note you wish to send and select Options > Send note . 2 P oint the IR ports at each other . 3 Select Via infrared to start data transfer . Receive business cards and calendar notes Y ou can receive business cards and calendar notes from another compatible phone or handheld device. 1 Before the user of the other phon e or device sends you a card, point the two IR ports at each other . 2 From the menus, select In frared . After a brief pause, IR reception activated appears in the display . 3 When y ou see the messag e Business card rece ived , select Show > Options . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 106 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 7 ] Y our phone and other devices 4 Select either Save or Discard . ⢠If you press Save , you see the confirmation message Card sav ed to phon e. â¢I f y o u p r e s s Dis card , you see the question Discard business card? . Press OK to discard. ⢠PC CONNECTIVITY Y ou can make a serial conn ection between the Nokia 6340i phone and a PC using the DL R- 3P se ri a l c abl e. Thi s cable is available for purchase as an enhancem ent, or may be inclu ded in you r sales packag e. Once you est ablish t hi s c o nn ec ti o n, you can access phone information from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem. It may also be possible to make this same serial connection between your phone and an IR- equipped laptop or desktop PC using your IR phone port. Nokia PC Suite Once your phone is connected to your PC, you can use PC Suite to: ⢠Make a backup copy of the data in your phone (Content Copier) ⢠Edit phone book names and numbers, profiles, and settings using your PC keyboard (Phone Editor) ⢠Create ringing tones and transfer them to your phone (PC Composer) ⢠Create caller group icons or picture s for use with picture messaging (PC Graphics) ⢠Synchronize t he phone book and reminders wit h PIM ap plications such as Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Expr ess, and Lotus Organizer (PC Sync) Please refer to the Nokia PC Suite Connectivity Guide fo r install ation and setup instructions. Modem setup Y ou can use t he Nokia 6340i p hone as a wireless mo dem with your laptop computer or handheld device, gi vi ng yo u acc e ss to th e In t er n et ( fo r e- mai l and W eb browsing) or corporate ne t wo r k s wh e r ev e r yo u ha v e se r vi c e . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 107 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 8 ] For more i nfor mation on modem setup fo r PCs an d hand held d evices , ple ase refer to the Nokia PC Suite Connectivity Guide . Download PC Suite software PC Suite software and documentation for the Nokia 6340i phone can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 108 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 9 ] Wireless Internet 15 Wireless Internet Note: The phone must be switched on to use these functions. Do not switch on the phone when th e use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . W AP is the mobile devi ce equivalent of the Internet. The mobile commun ity began developing W AP in the late 1990s so that mobile device users could access the Internet. T oday , most WAP si tes a re composed of text, hyperlinks, and low-resolution graphics. Because your wireless provider and others are free to design W AP sites as they choose, each W AP page can vary almost as much as a web page on t he Internet. W AP pages are designed using Wirele ss Markup Language (WML). Since web pages are designed using Hyper Te xt Mark-up Language (HTML), web pages cannot be viewed from your phone. Note: Ch eck with your wire less provider fo r W AP service avail ability . ⢠SERVICES MENU Use your W AP browser to get news, weather reports, access financial information, and more. W AP pages can be saved as bookmarks, the same as web pages on the Internet. Note: This is a network dependent feature. Check with your service provider about availability and subscription requirements. Note: Internet content received ov er a secure connection and stored in bro wser cache ma y be re used over nonsec ure connecti ons and may create security issues. Ple ase check with your wireless provider to determine if emptyi ng browser cache after each browsing session or some othe r method should be used to avoid security issues. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 109 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 1 0 ] ⢠W AP SETTINGS It should not be necessary to manua lly configure the browser on your phone. Normally this is done by your wireless provider once you h ave subscribed to the feature. Contact yo ur wireless provi der if you have problems using the browser . ⢠Y OUR WIRELESS PROVIDER AND W AP Because W AP content is designed to be viewed from your phone, your wireless provider now becomes your wireless Internet provider as well. It is likely that your wireless prov ider has created their own home page an d configured your browser to go there w hen you press Home on the br ow se r menu. Once you arrive at yo u r wireless providerâ s home page, you should find links to a nu mber of other W AP sites. ⢠BROWSE THE WIRELESS INTERNET Launch the browser From the menus, select Servi ces > Home . OR At the start screen, press and h old the 0 key . Y our phone connects to the Internet and is directed to your wireless providerâ s home page. Note: If you r phone displays Check service settings , it may need to be configured for browsing by your wireless provider . Press the End key twice to terminate any active bro wser session and return to the start screen. Emergency calls while browsing T o exit the browser and place an emer gency call, press the End key twi ce to return to the start screen; then dial the emergency number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 110 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 1 1 ] Wireless Internet Navigate a W A P page ELEMENTS COMMON TO MOST PAGES 1 Highlight the data entry field and select Options > Edit . 2 Enter the text requested by t h e data entry field and select OK . The text y ou entered is now displayed between the brackets. 3 Scroll to the link that requires an action (for example, get for ecast? ) and select Options > Open link > OK . 1) Header line . Shows the current location. 2) Active hyperlink . Highlighted. Select Options to open the link. 3) Hyperlink . Use this to naviga te to other cards or sites. Scroll to highlight the link and select Options . 3 1 2 4) Text . Use the scroll keys to move through the text. The cursor will automatically jump to the next hyperlink to activate it. 5) Selection list . Text in brackets. Select Options when highlighted to display additional choices or links. 6) Options/Back . Options displays a cardâ s options menu and/or the browser menu. Back takes you back to the previous page. 6 4 5 7) Data entry fie ld . An ellipsis in brackets [...]. Used when user input is required (for example, city name, stock symbol, etc.). T o enter data into this field, perform the following steps: 7 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 111 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 12 ] Browser menu From the menus, select Services to display the following options: Home âÂÂStart the browser and go to your home page. Bookmarks âÂÂDisplay a list of saved bookmarks. Service inbox âÂÂView messages from your wireless provider regarding new services and options. Settings âÂÂModify your connection setting s, appearance settings, and security certificate. Go to address âÂÂG o to the address of your choice. Clear the cache âÂÂEmpty the tempor ary memory of the browser and fr ee up space. Y ou should empty the c ache after e ach ses sion. Note: Some wi reless providers may customize the o ptions listed in the previous table. If any of th e options are unavail able, contact your wireless provider for more information. Options while browsing Select Options while browsing to display the following options: Home âÂÂGo to your home page. Bookmarks âÂÂDisplay a list of saved bookmarks. Add bookmark âÂÂAdd a bookmark. Go to address âÂÂEnter an address manually . Service inbox âÂÂView messages from your wireless provider regarding new services and options. Appearance settings âÂÂChoose text wrapping (on or off), and whether to load images or only text. Download settings âÂÂChoose whether you would like to allow (or not allow) cookies to be placed in browser cache. Use number âÂÂCaptures numbers longer than 3 digits. Y ou can save the number to your phone book, send a message to the number , or call the number directly . Reload âÂÂRefresh the page you are currently viewing. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 112 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 13 ] Wireless Internet Clear the cache âÂÂEmpty the tempor ary memory of the browser . Security info âÂÂView details about the security information for the current connection. Quit âÂÂQuit the c urrent session and return to the start sc reen. Use W allet info âÂÂUse information previously saved to a Wallet card to make an online purchase. Close W allet âÂÂClose the W allet application if it is open. This option only appears if W allet is open. Note: W ireless providers may limit access to some menu options. Contact your wireless provider if you have difficulty accessing the options listed in the previous table. Note: Browser options are subject to change. Bookmarks Y ou can save the addresses of up to 25 of your favorite sites as bookmarks. If W AP site developers have included a title for the card, the name of the card appears in the bookmark list. If the site has no title, the site address will appear as a bookmark. SAVE AN ADDRESS AS A BOOKMARK Navigate to the desi red site an d select Optio ns > Add boo kmark . ENTER A BOOKMARK MANUALLY Note: Wireless providers may limit access to this option. Contact your wireless prov ider for further information. 1 From the menus, select Servi ces > Bookmarks > Opti ons > New bookmark . 2 Enter the site address using the k eypad a n d s e l e c t OK . Note: It is not necessary to enter htt p://. Th is is added automati cally . 3 Enter a title for the new bookmark and select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 113 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 14 ] RETURN TO A BOOKMARKED SITE Note: Wireless providers may limit access to this option. Contact your wireless provider for further information. 1 From the menus, select Servi ces > Bookmarks . 2 Scroll to the desired bookmark and select Options > Go to . If you are not browsing already , your phone connects to the mobile Internet. Ringing tones DOWNLOAD A RING ING TONE Y our phone can store up to 1 0 new ringing tones (sent from the W eb using SMS or created using Nokia PC Suite). For more information about downloading ringing tones, contact your wireless provider . PLAY , SAVE, OR DELETE A RINGING TONE Once your phone receives a new ringing tone, your phone displays Ringing tone received . Select Options ; then select either Playback , Save tone , or Delete . If you choose to save the new ringing tone, it becomes part of the r inging tone list available to you when customizing a profile (see âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 62 ). USE PC COMPOSER Y ou can use PC Composer to create ne w ringing tones and send them to your phone. For more information, please refer to th e Nokia PC Suite Us e r Guide and PC/P DA Connectivit y Guide for your phone. These documents can be downloaded from the U.S. M obile Phone product section of www .nokia.com . ⢠ONLINE PURCHASES Note: Online purchases depend on yo ur wireless provider . This feature exists in your phone to support and simplify wireless payment services. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 114 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 15 ] Wireless Internet Once you have entered all of the necessary credit and debit information into a Wallet card , you can use your W AP browser to fetch this in formatio n and make fast, secure purchases online. See âÂÂW alletâ on page 93 for information on setting up W allet. Note: Y ou can use Wa llet for online purchases when the service supports ECML format. 1 From the menus, select Servi ces > H ome . OR Press and hold the 0 key . Y our phone connects to the mobile Internet and may be directed to your wireless providerâÂÂs home page. 2 When you are ready to make a purchase, select Options > Us e Wa l l e t info . 3 Enter your W allet code and select OK > Cards . 4 Select the W allet card you wish to use in this purchase. A list of options, such as al l details or only shipping details , appears in the display . 5 Select the desired option. W allet automaticall y fills in the detai ls as re quired by the onlin e service. 6 Respond to any further prompts to complete the transaction. Y ou may receive a sign-in documen t from the wireless service. This document can be signed using a signing certificate and your personal signing PIN code. For more information, contact your wireless provider . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 115 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 16 ] 16 Fun and games Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these features. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . The Nokia 6340i phone is programmed with four interesting and challenging games, some of whic h can be played using IR against another opponent. ⢠PLAY A GAME 1 From the menus, select Games > Select game . 2 Select the game you wish to play . 3 Press any key during the game animation to enter the menu of the selected game, w here you can choose from several game dependent options. Snake II Feed the snake with as many goodies as possible and watch it grow . Use the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys to maneuver the snake toward food. The longer the snakeâÂÂs tail grows, the higher your sc ore. Y ou can choose from a clear field, or select from five different mazes. If the snake runs into its own tail or one of the walls, the game is over . Y o u can visit Nokia game services on the Internet to download new mazes. Contact your wireless provider for details. P ass âÂÂn rush Play the role of head coach. Select the p lays for you r team and wa tch the action unfold. Choose from a quick match, full game, or scenario. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 116 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 17 ] Fun and games Bumper Get your highest score by keeping th e ball on the table using the flippers. Press and hold the 5 key to launch the ball. Hold down the 5 key to get more launch power . Use the 1 and 3 keys to control the flippers. Use the 4 and 6 keys to nudge the tableâÂÂbut not too much or the game will tilt! Y ou can visit games services on th e Internet to download new tables. Contact your wireless provider for details. P airs II Reveal pictures to find pairs with as few tries as possible. Use the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys to move the cursor . Press the 5 key to reveal a picture. In Time trial , pair up all of the tiles before the dynamite fuse runs out. ⢠GAME SETTINGS From the menus, select Games > Settings ; then select one of the following options: Game soun ds âÂÂT urn game sounds on or off. Game light s âÂÂTurn game lights on or off. Shakes âÂÂT urn game vibrating effects on and off. Note: Game sounds, lights, and vibrat ing effects apply only to games and do not affect othe r features in your phone. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 117 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 18 ] 17 Enhancements â¢P O W E R Extended 1 000-mA Li-Ion Battery (BLB-3) Provides up to 4 hours of TDMA talk time and up to 6 hours of GSM talk time. Provides up to 14 days of TDMA standby time and up to 25 days of GSM standby t ime. Note: Operation times are estimates and may vary depending on network conditions, charging and phone use. Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9 ) Charges the phone battery from your vehicle. Compact Desktop Charging Stand DCH-8 Compact and stylish, this stand provides a convenient spot in which to charge the ph one. Compatible with: Standard Travel Charge r (ACP-7U) Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) Also available: Connectivity Deskstand (DCH-8D) Handsfree Desktop Charging Stand (DCH-12K) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 118 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 19 ] Enhancements Spare Battery Charger (DDC-1) Lightweight and stylish, this charger provides a convenient way to charge your spare battery . Compatible with: Standard Travel Charge r (ACP-7U) Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) This lightweight travel char ger is ideal for active travelers. It plugs directly into the phone and can also be used with the compact Compact Desktop Charging Stand (DCH-8). Also available: Standard Travel Charge r (ACP-7U) ⢠AUDIO Headset Kit (HDC-9P) The headset provides hands free operation and has an answer-end button located on the microphone. It connects directly to the phone, requiring no additional adapter . Also available: Headset (HDE-1) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 119 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 120 ] Loopset (LPS-1) With the Nokia loopset, people who use a T-coil equipped hearing aid have the freedom to talk on a digital mobile phone. The loopset goes around your neck so it can be worn comfortably and discreetly . Also available: Phone Adapter for TTY/TDD and Headsets (HDA-8) ⢠CASES Leather Carry Case (CSL-17) The leather case protects your phone and has a convenient, integrated belt clip. Leather Carry Case (CSL-27) This case includes a swivel belt clip. ⢠DATA Data Cable (DLR-3P) Allows easy and convenient connection with no modem or PC card needed for e-mail, faxes, In ternet and data transmissions. Compatible with: Connectivity Deskstand (DCH-8D) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 120 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 12 1 ] Enhancements ⢠CAR Complete Car Kit (CARK-9 1H) Provides handsfree use and connec tion to an external antenna (no t included). Includes Privacy Handset (HSU- 1) for private conversations. Also available: Complete Car Kit, without privacy handset (CARK-9 1) Mobile Holder (MBC-1) Holds phone securely in place while dr iving or during charging. Can be used with Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9). (Phone not included) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 121 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 122 ] 18 Reference information This section provides information about your phoneâ s batteries, enhancements, chargers, safety guide lines and t echnical information. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change as batteries, chargers, and enhancements change. ⢠BATTERIES AND CHARGERS This phone is intend ed for use when supplied wi th power from the ACP-7U, ACP-8U, and LCH-9 chargers. Other us age could invalidate any approval given to this apparatus and might be dangerous. Charging and Discharging Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Note that a new battery's full perfor mance may be achieved only after two or three complete char ge and discharge cycles! The battery can be charged and discha rged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. When the opera ting time (talk time and standby time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteri es approved by the phone m anufactur er and re charge y our battery only with the chargers approved by the manufacturer . Unplug the charger when not in use. Do not leav e the battery connec ted to a charger for longer than a week, since overchar ging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery w ill discharge itself over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge; allow it to cool down or warm up first. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery which is damaged or worn out. Do not short-circuit the battery . Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin, clip, or pen) causes direct connection of the and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 122 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 123 ] Reference information Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a cl osed car in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery . Always try to keep the battery be tween 59ðF and 77ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully char ged. Batteries' performance is particularly limited in temperatures we ll below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! Dispose of ba tterie s according to applica ble local regu lation s (for examp le, recycling). Do not dispose of as household waste. ⢠IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION T raffic safety Do not use a wireless telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do n ot place the phone on the passenger seat or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always co mes first! Operating environment Remember to follow any special regula tions and always switch off your phone wherever forbidden, or when it may cause interference or danger . When con necting the ph one or enhanceme nt to another dev ice, read its userâ s guide for safety instru ctions. Do not connect incompatible products. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised to operate this equipment only in the normal operating position (held to your ear with the antenna pointing over your shoulder). P acemakers P acemaker manufacturers recommend a distance of 6 inches (20 cm) be maintained between a hand-he ld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid interference with the pa cemaker . These recommendations are consistent with independent research and recommendations of Wireless T echnology Research. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 123 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 124 ] P ERSONS WITH A PACEMAKER: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on. ⢠Should not carry the ph one in a breast pocket. ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pa cemaker to minimize the potential for interference. ⢠Should switch off the phone immediately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. Hearing aids Some digital wireless phones may interfe re with hearing aids. In the event of such interference, cons ult your wireless provider . Other medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including cellular phones, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the ma nufacturer of the medical device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy , or if you have any questions. Switch off your phone in health care facilities when regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to RF energy . Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain elec tronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals emanating from your wireless phone. P osted facilities Switch your phone off in any facility where posted notices so require. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 124 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 125 ] Reference information Users are advised to switch off the phone when at a refuelling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions regarding the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants , or where blasting operations ar e in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer/ storage facilities, vehicles using liqu efied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane), areas where the air contai ns chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust or metal powders, and any other area where you would be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. V ehicles Only qualified personnel should install or service the phone in a vehicle. F ault y installati on or servi ce may be dangerou s and inva lidate th e warrant y . RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicl es (for example, electronic f uel injection systems, electronic anti -skid (anti-lock) braking systems, electronic speed control systems, air bag systems). Check with the manufacturer or its repr esentative regarding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. Ensure all wireless phone equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not carry or store flammable liquids, gases or explosive mater ials in the same compartment as the phone or its enhancements. For vehicl es equipp ed with an ai r ba g, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place any objects in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deploym ent area. If in-v ehicle wireless equi pment is impr operly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 125 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 126 ] Aircraft FCC regulations prohibit using your phon e while in the air . Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone networ k, and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these in structions may lead to su spension or denial of telephone services to the of fender , legal action, or both. Emergency calls Note: This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals and cannot be guaranteed to connect in all conditions. Therefore, you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essential communications (such as medical emergencies). Remember , to make or receive any calls the phone must be switched on and in a service area with adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless phon e networks or when certain network services and/or phone fe atures are in use. Check with local wir eless providers for more information. MAKE AN EMERGE NCY CALL: 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on. Note: Some networks may require that a valid SIM card be properly inserted in the phone. 2 Press and hold the End key to return to the start screen. 3 Enter the emergency number for your present location (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). Emergency numbers vary by location. 4 Press the Ta l k key . When making an emergency call, remember to provide all information as accurately and clearly as possible. Remember that your wireless phone may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accidentâ do not cut off the call until given permission to do so. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 126 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 127 ] Reference information ⢠CERTIFICATION INFORMATION THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOV ERNMENTâÂÂS REQUIR EMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO W A VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio transmi tter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the e mission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Fe deral Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards th at were developed by independent scientific organizations through pe riodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards in clude a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* T ests for SAR are co nducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determin ed at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the ph one while operating can be well bel ow the maximum value. This is because th e ph one is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use on ly the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you ar e to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is ava ilable for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it doe s not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC fo r each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 1.20 W/kg, and when worn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.58 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available enha ncements and FCC requirements.) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 127 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 128 ] While there may be differences betwee n the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the government requirement. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluate d as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www .fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID LJP RH-13 . For body worn operation, this p hon e has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when us ed with the Nokia enhancements supplied or designated for this product . When carrying the phone while it is on, place the phone in the specific carrying case that has been tested for compliance. Use of other enhancements may no t ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 wat ts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to acco unt for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary depending on na tional reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions please look under product information at http://www .nokia.com . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 128 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 129 ] Care and maintenance 19 Care and maintenance Y our phone is a product of superio r design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for many years. When using your phone, battery , charger , or any enhancement: ⢠K eep all parts and enhancements out of small childrenâÂÂs reach. ⢠K eep all parts and enhancements dry . Precipitation, humidity , and liquids contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store parts or enhancements in dusty , dirty areas. Moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store parts or enhancements in hot areas. High temperatures can shorten the life of electronic devices, damage b atteries, and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store parts or enhancements in cold areas. When the phone warms up (to its normal temperature ), moisture can form inside th e phone, which may damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open. Nonexp ert handling could cause damage. ⢠Do not drop, knock or shake. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean parts or enhancements. Wipe it with a soft cloth slightly dampened in a mild soap-and-water solution. ⢠do not paint. P a int can clog moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications or attachments could damage the phone and may violate regul ations governing radio devices. ⢠If the phone, battery , charger , or any enhancement is not working properly , take it to your nearest qualifi ed service facility . The personnel there will assist you, and if necessary , arrange for service. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 129 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 130 ] ⢠T ROUBLESHOOTING The following table lists some common problems and their solutions. Problem P ossible cause P ossible solution My phone is not charging. The charger and phone are not properly connected. Securely connect the charger t o the phone. The charger is not properly plugged into the wall. Ensure the charger is plugged in correctly . My phone is not making/ receiving calls. The battery is not charged. Charge the battery . The signal strength is poor . If you are indoors, move toward a window . I cannot listen to my voice messages. Y ou do not have voicemail service. Call your wireless provider . Y ou have not set up your voicemail service with your wireless provider . Call your wireless provider . Y ou ha ve not saved your voicemail num ber to your phone. See âÂÂCall and set up your voicemailâ on page 44. you have forgotten your password or are entering it incorrectly . Call your wireless provider . The voicemail number saved to your phone is incorrect. Call your wireless provider . When I insert my SIM card into another phone, it is rejected. Y ou have fixed dialing activated on your SIM card and the receiving phone does not support fixed dialing. Deactivate fixed dialing on the SIM. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 130 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 13 1 ] Frequently asked questions (FAQ ) 20 Frequently asked questions (FAQ) Q. What if my phone is lost or stolen? A. Contact your wireless provider immediately . Q. Does the phone hav e to be on in order for me to receive a call? A. Y es. Q. What is my security code? A. Y our defa ult security code is 12345 . If you have changed your security code an d forgo tten the n ew code, co ntact you r wirel ess pro vider . Q. How do I lock the keypad? A. At the start screen, s elect Menu ; then pres s the St ar key . Q. How do I unlock the keypad? A. At the start screen, s elect Unlock ; then press th e St ar key . Q. How do I keep track of my calls? A. Use the Call log feature (see page 40 ). Q. How do I turn off the rin ger when I am in a meetin g or do no t want to be disturbed? A. At the start screen, briefly press the power key , scroll to Silent , and select Select . Y ou can also set a timed profile (see âÂÂSet a timed profileâ on page 63 ). Q. How do I make the phone ring louder? A. See âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 62. Q. How do I change the ringing tone? A. See âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 62. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 131 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 132 ] Q. How do I download a custom ringing tone? A. Y ou can send tones to your phone over the mobile Internet, using SMS, or you can create custom tones and send them to your phone or another compatible phone using PC S u ite. Call your wireless provider for more information. Q. Where is my phone model num ber and serial number ? A. On the information label, which is on back of the phone under the battery . The model number of this phone is 6340i. Q. What is the I MEI number? A. The IMEI number located on the label un der the battery is your phoneâ s serial number . Q. How do I change the contrast on the display? A. The Nokia 6340i phone contrast is set for optimal performance at the factory and cannot be changed. Q. Can I replace the front cover? A. The front cover should only be removed or r eplace d by qualified service personnel. Q. How do I make purchases online? A. Set up W allet with the necessary credit and debit information. See âÂÂCreate a W allet cardâ on page 96 and âÂÂOnline purchasesâ on page 11 4 . Q. I forgot my W allet code. Do I have to contact Nokia or my wireless provider to ob tain ano ther? A. No. Y ou can reset your W allet code. However , all information previously entered will be lost and you will need to set up a W allet card again. See âÂÂCreate a W allet cardâ on page 96. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 132 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 133 ] Glossary 21 G l o s s a r y Te r m Definition antenna The portion of your phone designed to transmit and receive the wireless signal battery The source of power for your phone when it is not connected to the charger bookmark A mobile Internet site or address (URL) saved to phone memory browser An application used to access mobile Internet sites data call A call that is placed or received where your phone functions as a data/fax modem, connected t o your PC using the DLR-3P cable or IR port delivery report A message from your messa ging service regarding the delivery status of a mess age that you have sent shared memory A common pool of memory used by multiple features. When any of these feat ures are used, there is less available memory for other features dependent upon shared memory . earpiece The portion of your phone that contains the audio speaker earpiece volume The audible level of the ear piece in an active call E-mail Electronic mailâÂÂa message sent electronically ECML Electronic commerce modeling l anguage is a universal format for online checkout form data fields. ESN Electronic serial number used to identify your phone by the wireless provider 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 133 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 134 ] fax call A call placed or received where phone functions as a data/fax modem, connected to your PC using the DLR-3P cable or IR home system The wirel ess system on which you are a subscriber IMEI International mobile equipment identity identifies your phone on the wireless network. keypad tones The sounds you hear when a key on your phone keypad is pressed message alert tone The sounds you hear upon receipt of a text or system message navigate T o move from one mobile Internet site to another , or from one phone menu to anoth er number keys The numbered keys on your phone keypad power key The button on the top of the phone that allows you to turn the phone on or off. It can also be used to recall profiles. predictive text input A system developed for the rapid entry of text ringing option The way your phone plays (or does not play) the selected ringing tone when you have an incoming call. For example: ascen ding, ring once, etc. ringing tone The tone that your phone plays (or does not play) when you have an incoming call. The Nokia 6340i phone has 40 available ringing tones. ringing volume The audible level of ringing tones T erm Definition 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 134 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 135 ] Glossary screen or display Y our phone display scroll T o move through a list of names, menu items, and so on by pressing the scroll (up/down) key . Each new selection or option is highlighted as it is selected. selection keys The keys under the lower left and right corners of your phoneâ s display . These keys are defined by the text above them, inside the display . SIM Subscriber identity module SMS Short message service is a service whereby short messages (typically aro und 160 characters) can be sent and received using your phone. URL Universal resource locator is a specific address or location on the Internet su ch as www .nokia.com . voice mail A system maintained by your wireless provider to record voi ce messages when you are unable to ans wer a call voice mailbox The repository on your wire less providerâÂÂs network for all voice mail messages voice memo A message recorded by the internal phone recorder warning tones The collection of tones that are played when your phone alerts you to a variety of situations WA P Wireless application protocol is a new part of the Internet designed specific ally for mobile device users. wireless network Y our wireless providerâ s operating environment, comprised of various types of hardware, software, and landline connections T erm Definition 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 135 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 136 ] 22 T echnical information Weight 125 g (4.4 oz) wi th BLB-3 1 000-mAh Li-Ion Battery Wireless networks AMPS 800/TD MA 800 and1900/GSM 850 and 1900 Size (volume) 6.7 cubic inches (1 1 0 cc) Frequency range (Tx) AMPS: 824âÂÂ849 MHz TDMA 800: 824âÂÂ849 MHz TDMA 1900: 1850âÂÂ19 1 0 MHz GSM 850: 824âÂÂ849 MHz GSM 1900: 1850âÂÂ19 1 0 MHz Frequency range (Rx) AMPS: 869âÂÂ894 MHz TDMA 800: 869âÂÂ894 MHz TDMA 1900: 1930âÂÂ1 990 MHz GSM 850: 869âÂÂ894 MHz GSM 1900: 1930âÂÂ19 90 MHz Tx output power 1 W (max) Battery voltage 3.6 Vdc T alk/standby ti me GSM: Up to 6 hours talk time Up to 25 days standby time TDMA: Up to 4 hours talk time Up to 14 days standby time AMPS: Up to 1.5 ho urs talk time Up to 2 days standby time Battery operation times Battery talk and standby times are es timates only and depend on signal strength, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including the effect of charging habit s), temperatures to which battery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many ot her factors. Please note that the amount of time a phone is used fo r calls will affect its standby time. Likewise, the amount of time that the phone is turned on and in standby mode will affect its talk time. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 136 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 137 ] Nokia One-Y ear Limited Warranty 23 Nokia One-Y ear Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrants that th is cellular phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The limited warranty f or the Product extends for ONE (1) y ear be ginning on the date of the purchase of th e Product. This one year period is extended by each whole day that th e Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The limit ed warranty extends onl y to the or iginal pu rchaser (âÂÂConsumer âÂÂ) of the Product and is n ot assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end- user . 3 The limited warranty extends only to Consumers who purchase the Product in the United States of Ameri ca. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokiaâ s sole option, any defective pa rts, or any parts that will not properly operate for their intended use wi th new or refurbished replacement items if such repair or replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to the Consumer for any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited warranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-operative part s. NokiaâÂÂs limit of liability under the limited warranty shall be the actu al cash value of the Product at the time the Consumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer fo r the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These remedie s are the Co nsumerâÂÂs exclusive remedies for breach of warranty . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 137 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 138 ] 5 Upon request from Nokia, the Consumer must prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of ship ping the Product back to the Consumer after t he completion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no covera ge or benefits under this limited warranty if any of the follow ing conditions are applicable: a) The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, expos ure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, negle ct, abus e, acc ident, alte ration, improper installation, or other acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Product has been damaged fro m external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, flooding, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthqua ke or damage fro m exposure to weather conditions, an Act of G od, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source, damage caused by computer or Internet viruses, bugs, worms, T rojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by t he Consumer of the alleged defect or malfunction of the Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the a pplicable limited warranty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been removed, de faced or altered. e) The defect or damage was ca used by the de fe ctive function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by the external antenna, or viruses or other so ftware problems introduced into the Product. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 138 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 139 ] 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of the Product. If a problem develops during the limited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step procedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â a â is not convenient becaus e of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Co nsumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn.: Repair Department 795 W est Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service ag reement (if applicable). Expenses related to removi ng the Product fr om an installation are not covered under this limited warranty . d) The Consumer will be billed for any parts or labor charges not covered by th is limited war ranty . Th e Consumer wi ll be responsi ble for any expen ses related t o reinst allation of the Prod uct. e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited warranty within 30 days after receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited warranty within 30 days, or after a reasonable number of atte mpts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some stat es the Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Service Center at Nokia at the telephone number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and the repair of the Pr oduct has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0) days. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 139 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 140 ] f) If the Product is returned during the limited war ranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed to the Consumer . If the estimate is refu sed, the Product will be returned freight collect. If the Product is returned after the expiration of the limited warranty period, Nokiaâ s normal service policies shall apply and the Consumer wi ll be responsible for all shippin g charges. 9 Y OU (THE CO NSUMER) UNDERS T AND THA T THE PRODUCT MA Y CONSIST OF REFURBISHED EQUIPMEN T THA T CONT AINS USED COMPONEN TS, SOME OF WHICH HA VE BEEN REPR OCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and reliability specifications. 10 ANY IMPLIED W ARRANTY OF MERCH ANT ABI LITY , OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMI TED T O THE DURA TION OF THE FOREGO ING LIMITED WRI TTEN W ARRANTY . OTHERWISE, THE FOREGOING LIMI TED W ARRANTY IS THE CONSUMERâÂÂS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMED Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL O THER W ARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SHA LL NO T BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONS EQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NO T LIMITED T O LOSS OF ANTICI PA TED BENEFITS OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LO SS OF DAT A, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRO DUCT OR ANY ASSOCIA TED EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAPIT AL, COST OF ANY SU BSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWNTIME, THE CLAI MS OF ANY TH IRD PARTIES, INCLUDING CUST OMERS, AND INJU RY T O PROPERTY , RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FRO M BREACH OF THE W ARR ANTY , BREACH OF CONTRAC T , NEGLIG ENCE, STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O THER LEGAL OR EQUIT ABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR DELA Y IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED W ARRANTY , OR LOSS OF US E DURING THE PERIOD THA T THE PRODUCT IS BEING REP A IRED. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 140 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 14 1 ] 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of th e above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (the Consumer). This limited warranty gi ves the Consumer specific legal rights and t he Consumer may also have other rights which vary from state to state. 12 Nokia neither assumes nor authorizes any authorized service ce nter or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expr essly provided for in this limited warranty including the provider or se ller of any extended warranty or service agreement. 13 This is the entire warranty between the Nokia and the Co nsumer , and supersedes all prior and contem poraneous agr eements or u nderstandings, oral or written, r elating to the Pro duct, and no represen tati on, prom ise or condition not contained he rein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited warranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is recognized by the Consumer and is reflected in the purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eighteen (18) months following purchase of the Product. 16 Questions concerning this l imited warranty may be di rected to: Nokia Inc. Attn.: Customer Service 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Suite. 150 T ampa, FL 336 14 T elephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2 U (1-888-665-4228) F acsimile: (8 13) 287-66 12 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800- 24-NOKIA (1-800- 246-6542) 17 The limited warranty perio d for Nokia supplied attachments and enhancements is specifically de fined within their own warranty cards and packaging. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 141 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 142 ] Manufactured or sold under one or more of the following U S P atents. Asterisk (*) indicates design patents pending. 4558302 4868846 4945633 4969 192 500 1372 5101 1 7 5 5 15 1946 5 173927 52 12834 5230091 5241583 531 1 15 1 53 17283 533 1638 5335362 5353328 537 1481 5378935 5384782 5396657 5400949 5416435 5442521 5446364 5479476 5526366 5553 125 5557639 5565821 5570369 558 1244 5600 7 08 5625274 5677620 5692032 572954 1 5760568 5794142 5802465 5809413 5827082 5839 10 1 5844884 5845219 587 0683 5884 1 03 588977 0 590 7823 59 1257 0 5914690 5914796 59 17868 5920826 5956332 5956625 5956633 5966378 5977887 5987 137 599 1857 6006 1 14 60 1 1853 60145 5 1 6014573 6026 16 1 6035 189 6038238 6043760 6047 196 6049796 60504 15 6055439 6060 193 6069923 60 72787 6081732 6084920 6084962 6094587 6097964 61 05784 6 1 12099 6 1 156 17 61 19 180 6 12 1846 6128509 61380 9 1 6 140966 6144243 6144676 6 148209 615 1485 6 15 150 7 6 163609 6 164547 6 167248 6 185295 6 188909 6249584 6259312 6266330 627236 1 6282436 6292668 6295286 63 1 1 054 63 14 166 6324389 63244 12 63472 18 6363259 6370362 6370389 6377820 638 1468 6392660 6400958 6453179 6463278 647047 0 6487397 6522670 6 198928 4969192 5266782 5390223 54448 16 5487 084 5640395 5664053 5699482 570 1392 57220 74 5754976 5805301 5835889 5857 15 1 5859843 5862 178 5898925 5930233 5946651 5960354 5960389 596390 1 6005857 60 1 197 1 603 1827 6 1 18775 6 128322 6 137789 6 167248 61 70 07 3 6 178535 6 195338 6 199035 62400 76 626632 1 6285888 6356759 6377803 6430 163 643837 0 6456237 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 142 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 143 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones. é 2001 Cellular T elecommunications & Inter net Association. All Rights R eserv ed. 1250 Connecti cut A v enue, NW Sui te 800, W ashington, DC 20 036. Phone: (202) 785-008 1 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 143 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 144 ] Saf ety is the most important call you will ev er make . A Guide to Safe and Res ponsible Wireless Phone Use T ens of millions of people in the U .S . toda y tak e ad v antage of the unique combination of con v enience, safety and v alue deliv ere d b y the wireless telephone. Quite simply , the wir eless phon e gi v es people the po w er ful a bility to comm unicate b y v oice--almost anyw here, anytime--with the bos s, wi th a c lient, w ith the kids , with emer g ency personnel or e v en with the police. Eac h y ear , Americans mak e billions of calls fr om their wir ele ss phones , and the n umbers ar e rapidly gr o wing. But an important responsibility ac companies those benef its, one that e v er y wir eless phone user m ust uphold . W hen dri ving a car , driving is y our f i rst r esponsibility . A wir eless phone can be an in v aluab le tool, but good judgment mus t be e x er cised at all times w hile driving a motor v ehicle--w hether on the phon e or not. T he basic lessons ar e ones w e all lear ned as teena gers. Dri ving req uir es aler tness, caution and cour tesy . It requir es a hea vy dose of basic common sense---k eep y our head up , k eep y our ey es on the r oad, c h eck y our mirrors fr equently and w atc h out f or other dri v ers . It r equir es obeying all traf f ic signs a nd signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It means using seatbe lts and r equiring othe r passengers to do the same. But with wir eless phone use, dri ving saf ely means a little more. T his broc hur e is a call to wir eless phone users ev er yw her e to mak e safety their f irst priority w hen behind the w heel of a car . W ir eless telecomm unications is k eeping us in touc h, simplifying our li v es, pr otecting us in emer gencies and pro viding oppor tunities to help others in n eed. W hen it comes to the use of wir eless phones, saf ety is your most important ca ll . Wireless Phone "Safety Tip s" Belo w ar e safety tips to f ollo w w hile driving and using a wir eless phone w hich should be easy to r emember . 1 Get to kno w y our wir eless phone an d its featur es such as speed dial and r edial. Car efully r ead y our instruction man ual and learn to tak e ad v antage of v aluab le featur es most phones of fer , inc luding automatic r edial and memo ry . Also , w ork to memorize the phone k eypad so y ou can use the speed dial function w ithout taking y our attention off the r oad. 2 When a v ailab le, use a hands free device. A n umber of hands fr ee wireless phone enhancements ar e r eadily a v ailab le toda y . Whether y ou c hoose an installed mounted de vice f or y our wirele ss phone or a speak er phone accessory , tak e ad v anta ge of these devices if a v ailab le to y ou. 3 P ositio n y our wir eless phone within easy r each. Mak e sure y ou place y our wir eless phone within easy r eac h and w her e y ou can gra b it without r e mo ving y our ey es from the r oad. If y ou get an incoming call at an incon v enient time, if possib le, let y o ur v oice mail ans w er it fo r y o u. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 144 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 145 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA 4 Suspend con v ersations during ha zar dous dri ving conditions or situations . Let the person y ou ar e s peaking with kno w y ou ar e dri vin g; if necessary , suspend the call in hea vy traf f ic or hazar dous w eather conditions. R ain, sleet, sno w and ice can be hazar dous, b ut so is hea vy traff ic. As a dri v er , y our f irst r esponsibility is to pa y attention to the roa d. 5 Do not tak e notes or look up phone n umbers w h ile dri ving . If y ou ar e r eadin g an addr ess book or b usiness car d , or writing a "to do" list w hile drivin g a car , y ou ar e not w atching w here y ou ar e going . Itâ s common sense. Don â t get caught in a danger ous situatio n because y ou are r eading or writing and not pa ying attention to the r oad or nearb y v ehicles . 6 Dial sensib ly and assess the tr aff ic; if possib le, place calls w hen y ou are not mo ving or bef or e pulling into tr aff ic. T r y to plan y our calls befor e y ou begin y our trip or attempt to coincide y our calls with times y o u ma y be stopped at a stop sign, r ed light or otherwise stationar y . Bu t if y ou need to dial w hile driving, f ollo w this si mple tip--dial only a fe w n u mbers, c hec k the r oad and y our mirrors; then contin ue. 7 Do not eng age in str essful or emotional con v ersations that ma y be distractin g. Str essful or emotional con v ersations and driving do not mix--they ar e distracting a nd e v en dangerous w hen y ou are behind the w heel of a car . Mak e people y ou ar e talking with a w ar e y ou are dri ving and if n ecessar y , suspend con v ersations w hich ha v e the potential to d i v e r t y our attention fr om the r oad. 8 Use y our wir eless phon e to call f or help . Y our wirele ss phone is one of the greatest to ols y ou can o wn to protect y ourself and y our family in danger ous situations--with y our phone at y our side, help is only thr ee numbers a w a y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency number in the cas e of f ir e, traff ic accident, road hazar d or medical emer genc y . R emember , it is a fre e call on y our wireless ph one! 9 Use y our wir eless phon e to help others in emer g encies . Y our wir eless phone pr o vides y ou a perfect opportunity to be a "Good Samaritan" in y our community . If y ou see an auto accident, crime in pr ogr ess or other seriou s emer gency w her e li v es are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency number , as y ou w ould w ant others to do f or y ou. 10 Call r oadside assistance or a special wir eless non-emer genc y assistance n umber w hen necessar y . Cer tain situations y ou encounter w hile dri ving ma y requir e attention, b ut ar e not ur g ent enough to merit a call f or emergenc y services . But y ou still can use y our wir eless phone to lend a hand. If y ou see a brok en-do wn v ehic le posing no serious h azar d, a br ok en tr aff ic signal, a minor tr aff ic accident w here no one appe ars injur ed or a v ehicle y ou kno w to be stolen, call roadside assistance or other special non-emer genc y wir eless n umber . Car ele ss, distra cted indi vidu als and people dri ving irr esponsibly r epresent a hazar d to ev er y o ne on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecomm unications Industry Association and the wir eless industry ha v e con ducted educational outr each to inf or m wir eless phone users of their r esp onsibilities as safe dri v ers and good citizens . As w e appr oac h a ne w century , mor e and mor e of us will tak e ad v antage of the benef its of wir eless telephones . And, as w e tak e to the r o ads , w e all ha v e a r esponsibility to dri v e safely . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 145 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 146 ] T he wirele ss industry reminds you to use your p hone saf ely w hen dri ving . F or mor e inf ormation, please call 1-888-901-SAFE. F or update s: http://www .w o w-com.com/consume r/issues/dri ving/ ar tic les .cfm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellular T elecomm unications & Internet Association. All Rights R eserv ed. 1250 Connecticut A v en ue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-008 1 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 146 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 147 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration) to all users of mobile phones. J uly 18, 2001 ..... F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 147 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 148 ] Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S. Food and Drug Administratio n 1. Do wireless ph ones pos e a health haza rd? T he a v ailab le scientif ic ev idence do es not sho w that any health pr ob lems are associated with usin g wir eless phones . Ther e is no proof , ho w ev er , that wire less phones ar e absolutely saf e. W ireless phone s emit lo w lev els of radiofr equency ener g y (RF) in the micro w a v e range w h ile being used. T hey also emit v er y lo w lev els of RF w hen in the stand-b y mode. W her eas high lev els of RF can pr oduce he alth eff ects (b y heating tissue), e xposur e to lo w lev el RF that does not pr oduce heating eff ects causes no kno wn ad v erse health effec ts . Many studies of lo w lev el RF e xposur es ha v e not f ound any biological ef fects . Some studies ha v e suggested that some biolo gical eff ects ma y occur , b ut suc h findings ha v e not been c onf irmed b y addition al r esear c h. In some cases , other resear chers ha v e had diff iculty in r epr oducing those studies, or in determining the r easons f or inconsistent r esults. 2. What is FDA's role concerning t he safety of wireless p hones? Under the la w , FD A doe s not re view the safety of radiation-emittin g cons umer products suc h as wir eless phones bef or e they can be sold, as it does with ne w drugs or medical devices . Ho w ev er , the agency has authority to tak e action if wireless phones a r e sho wn to emit rad iofr equency ener g y (RF) at a le v el that is hazar dous to the user . In suc h a case, FD A could r equir e the man ufactur ers of wireless phones to notify users of the health haza r d and to r epair , r eplace or r ecall the phone s so that the hazar d no longer exists . Although the e xistin g scientif ic data do not justify FD A r egulatory actions, FD A has urged the wireless phone in dustr y to ta k e a n umber of steps, including the f ollo w ing: ⢠Suppor t needed r e sear c h into possib le biological eff ects of RF of the ty pe emitted b y wir eless phones; ⢠Design wir eless phones in a w a y that minimizes any RF e xposur e to the user that is not necessa r y f or device function; and ⢠Cooper ate in pr o viding users of wir eless phones with the best possib le inf or mation on possib le ef f ects of wir eless phone use on human health. FD A belongs to an intera gency w or king g r oup of the f eder al agencies that ha v e r esponsibility f or differ ent aspe cts of RF safe ty to ensur e coor dinated eff or ts at the feder al le v el. The f ollo wing agencies belong to this w orking gr oup: ⢠National Institute f or Occupational Safety and Health ⢠En vironmental Pr otection Agenc y ⢠F ederal Comm unications Commission ⢠Occupational Saf ety and Health Administr a tion ⢠National T elecommunica tions and In f or mation Administr ation T he National Institutes of Health par tic ipates in some intera genc y w orking group acti vities, as w ell. FD A shares r egulator y r esponsibilities f or wireless p hones with the F ederal Communi cations Commission (FCC). All phones that ar e sold in the United States must comply with FCC saf ety guidelines that limit RF exposur e. FCC relies on FD A 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 148 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 149 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA and other health a gencies f or saf ety questions a b out wir eless phones . FCC also r egulates the base stations that th e wir eless phone netw orks r ely upon. While these base stations oper ate at higher po w er than do the wir eless phones the mselv es, the RF e xposur es that people get from these base stations ar e typically thousands of times lo w er than those they can get from w ir eless phon es . Base stations ar e thus not the subject of the saf ety questions discussed in th is docume nt. 3. What kinds of ph ones are the sub ject of this update? T he term wireless p hone r efers her e to hand-held wir eless phones with b u ilt-in antennas , often called cell mobile or PCS phon es . T h ese types of wir eless phones can e xpose the user to measu ra ble r adiofr equency energ y (RF) because of the short distance betw een the phone and the userâ s head. T hese RF e xposur es are limited b y F ederal Comm unications Commission saf ety guidelines th at w er e dev eloped with the ad vice of FD A and other f ederal health and saf ety agencies . When the phon e is located at gr eater distances fr om the user , the e xposur e to RF is drastically lo w er because a person's RF e xposure decr eases ra pidly with incr easing distance fr om the sour ce. T he so-called cor dless phone s; w hich h a v e a base unit connected to the telephone wiring in a house, typically oper ate at far lo w er po w er lev els, and thus pr oduce RF e xposures far belo w the FCC safety limits . 4. What are the results of the research done already? T he r esear ch done thu s far has pro duced conf licting r esults , and many studies ha v e suff er ed from f la ws in their resear ch methods . Animal experiments in v estig ating the eff ects of r adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) expo sur es c har acteristic of wir eless phones ha v e yielded conf licting results that often cannot be r epeated in oth er la bor atories . A fe w animal studies , ho w ev er , ha v e sug g ested that lo w lev els of RF coul d accelerate the de v elopment of cancer in la bor atory an imals . Ho w ev er , many of the studie s that sho w ed increased tumor de v elopment used animals that had be en genetically engineer ed or tr eated with cancer -causing chemicals so a s to be pr e-disposed to dev elop cancer in the a b sence of RF e xposure. O ther studie s e xposed the animals to RF f or up to 22 hours per da y . These cond itions ar e not similar to the conditions under w hic h people use wir eless phones, so w e don âÂÂt kno w with certainty w hat the r esults of suc h studies mean f or human health. T hr ee lar g e epidemiology studies ha v e been pub lished since December 2000. Betw een them, the studies inv estig ated any possib le association betw een the use of wir eless phones a nd primary brain cancer , glioma, meningioma, or acoustic neur oma, tumors of the b rain o r sali v ar y g land, leuk emia, or other cancers . None of the studies demonstr ated the e xistence of any harmful health ef f ects fr om wir eless phone RF e xposur es . Ho w ev er , none of the studies can ans w er questions a bout long-te rm exp osur es , since the a v era ge period of phone use in these studies w as ar ound thr ee y ears. 5. What research is need ed to decide whether RF exposure from wireless ph ones poses a health risk? A combination of la bor atory studies and ep idemiological studies of people actually using wir eless phones w ould pr o vide some of the data that ar e needed. Lifetime animal e xposur e studies could be completed in a fe w y ears. Ho w ev er , v ery large 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 149 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 150 ] n umbe rs of animals w ould be need ed to p r o vide r eli a b le p r oof of a cancer pr omoting eff ect if one e xists. Epidemiolog ical studies can pr o vide data that is dir ectly applica ble to hu man populations , b ut 10 or mor e y ears f ollo w-up ma y be needed to pr o vide ans w ers about some health ef fe cts, suc h as cancer . This is because the interv al betw een the time of e xposur e to a cancer -causing agent and the time tumors de v elop - if t hey do - m a y be many , many y e ar s. Th e i nt e r p ret a t i o n of epidemiological studies is hamper ed by dif f iculties in mea suring actual RF e xposur e during da y-to- da y use of wireless phones . Many factors aff ect this measur ement, such as the angle at w hich the phone is held, or w hic h model of phone is used. 6. What is FDA doin g to find ou t more abou t the possi ble health effects of wireless ph one RF? FD A is w or king with the U .S . National T o xicolo g y Pr ogram and w ith groups of in v estigators around the w or ld to ensure that h igh priority animal studies ar e conducted to ad dr ess important questions a bout the ef fects o f e xposur e to radiofr equency ener g y (RF). FD A has been a leading par ticipant in the W or ld Health Or ganization International Electr oma gnetic Fields (EMF) Pr oject since its inception in 1996. An inf luential r esult of this w or k has been the dev elopment of a detailed agenda of re sear c h needs that has dri v en the esta b lishment of new r esear ch pr ograms ar ound the w orl d. T he Pr oject has also h elped dev elop a series of pub lic inf or mation doc uments on EMF issues . FD A and the Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) ha v e a f or mal Cooperati v e R esear c h and De v elopment Agr eement (CRAD A) to do r esear ch on wir eless phone safety . FD A pr o vides the scientif ic o v ersight, obtaining input fr om e xperts in go v ernment, industry , and academic or g anizations . CTIA- funded r esear ch is con ducted thr ough contr acts to independent in v estig ators . T he initial r esear ch will inc lude both la boratory studies and studies of wir eless phone users . T he CRAD A will also include a br oad assessment of additional r esearc h needs in the conte xt of the latest resear ch de v elopments around the w or ld. 7. How can I fi nd out ho w much radiofrequ ency energy expos ure I can get by using my wireless p hone? All phones sold in the United States mu st comply with F ederal Comm unications Commission (FCC) guidelines that limit r adiofrequency ener g y (RF) e xposur e s. FCC esta b lished these guidelines in consultation with FD A and the other feder al health and safe ty agencies . T he FCC limit f o r RF e xposur e fr om wir eless telephones is set at a Specif ic Absorp tion R ate (SAR) of 1.6 w a tts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). T he FCC limit is consistent with the safety standar ds dev eloped b y the Institute of Electr ical an d Elect r onic Engi neering (IEEE) a nd the N ation al Coun cil on R adia tion Pr otection an d Measur ement. T he exposur e limit tak es into conside ration the bodyâ s ab ility to r emo v e heat fr om the ti ssues that a bsorb ener g y fr om the wir eless phone and is set w ell belo w lev els kno wn to ha v e ef fec ts . Man ufactur ers of wir eless phones m ust r eport the RF e xposur e lev el f or ea c h model of phone to the FCC. T he FCC w ebsite (http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsafety) gi v es dir ectio ns f or locating the FCC identif ication n umber on y our phone so y ou can f ind y our phoneâ s RF exposur e lev el in the online listing. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 150 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 15 1 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA 8. What has FDA don e to measure th e radiofrequency energy c oming from wireless phones? T he Institute of Electrical and Electr onic Engineers (IEEE) is dev eloping a technical standar d f or measuring the r adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) e xposur e fr om wir eless phones and other wir eless handsets with the par ticipation an d leadership of FD A scientists and engineers . Th e standar d , R ecommended Pra ctice f or Determining the Spatial-P eak Specif ic Absorption R ate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to W ireless Commun ications Devices: Ex perimental T ec hniques , sets f or th the f irst consis tent test methodolo g y f or measuring the r a te at w hich RF is dep osited in the heads of wir eless phone users . Th e test method uses a tissu e-simulating model of the human head. Standar dized SAR test methodolog y is exp ected to greatly imp r o v e the consistency of measur ements made at dif fer ent la boratories on the same ph one. SAR is the measur ement of the a mount of ener g y a bsorbed in tissue, either b y the w hole body or a small part of the body . It is measured in w atts/kg (or milliw atts/g) of matter . T his measur ement is us ed to determine w h ether a wir eless phone complies with safety guideline s . 9. What step s can I t ake to reduce my ex posure to radiofrequ ency energy from my wireless phone? If ther e is a risk fr om these products--and at this point w e do not kno w that there is--it is pr oba b ly v er y small. But if y ou ar e concerned a bout a v oiding ev en potential risks, y ou can tak e a fe w simple steps to minimize y our e xposur e to r adiofr equency ener g y (RF). Since time is a k ey factor in ho w muc h e xposur e a p erson r ecei v es , r educing the amount of time spent using a wir eless phone will r educe RF exposur e. If y ou must conduct ex tended con v ersations b y wir eless phone e v er y da y , y ou could place mor e distance betw een y our body and the sou r ce of the RF , since the e xposur e lev el drops of f dr amatically with distance. F or exa mple, y ou could use a headset and carry the wireless phone a w a y from y our body or use a wir eless phone c onnected to a r emote anten na. Ag ain, the scientif ic data do not demonstr ate that wir eless phones ar e harmful. But if y ou are con cerned abo ut the RF e xposur e from these pr oducts, y ou can use measur es lik e those described a bo v e to r educe y our RF e xposur e fr om wireless phone use. 10. What about child ren using wireless phones? The scientific e vidence does not sho w a dang er to users of wir eless ph ones, inc luding c hildr en an d teenage rs . If y o u w ant to tak e steps to lo w er exposure to radiofr equenc y ener g y (RF), the measur es described a bo v e w ould apply to c hildr en and tee nagers using wir eless phones . R educing the time of wir eless phone use and in cr ea si ng t he distan ce betw een the user a nd the RF sour ce will r educe RF e xposu r e.So me g rou ps sponsor ed b y other national go v ern ments ha v e ad vised that childr en be discoura ged fr om using wir eless phones at all. F or e xample, the go v ernment in the United Kingdom distrib uted leaf lets containing suc h a recommendation in Decembe r 2000. T hey noted that no e vidence e xists that using a wir eless phone causes brain tumors or other ill eff ects . T h eir r ecommendation to limit wir eless phone use by c hildren w as strictly precautionary; it w as not based on scientif ic e vidence that any health hazar d e xists . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 151 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 152 ] 1 1. What a bout wireless phone in terference with medi cal equipment? R adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) fr om wir eless phones can inter act with some electr o nic devices . F or this reason , FD A h elped dev elop a detailed test method to measur e electr omagn etic interfer ence (EMI) of implanted car diac pacemak ers and def i brillators fr o m wir eless telephon es . T his test method is no w par t of a standar d sponsor ed b y the Association f or the Ad v ancement of Medical instrumentation (AAMI). T he fi nal draft, a joint eff or t by FD A, medical device manufactur ers, and many other gr oups, w as completed in late 2000. T his standar d will allo w man ufactur e rs to ensur e that car diac pacemak ers and def ibrillators ar e safe fr om wir eless phone EMI. FD A has tested hearing aids f or interfer ence from handheld wir eless phones and helped de v elop a v oluntar y standar d sponsor ed by the Institute of Electrical and Electr onic Engineers (IEEE). T his standar d specif ies test methods and perf ormance req uir ements f or hearing aids and wir eless ph ones so that no interfer ence occurs w hen a person uses a compatib le pho ne and a accompanied hearing aid at the same time. T his standard w as appr o v ed by the IEEE in 2000. FD A continues to monitor the use of wir eless phone s f or possib le inter actions with other medical de vices . Should h armful interfer ence be f ound to occur , FD A will conduct testing to assess the interfer ence and w or k to r esolv e the prob lem. 12. Where can I find a dditional inf ormation? F or additio nal inf or mation, please r efer to the f ollo wing r esour ces: ⢠FD A w e b pa ge on wir eless phones http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones/inde x.html ⢠F ederal Comm unications Commission (FCC) RF Saf ety Pr ogram http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsaf ety ⢠International Commission on Non -Ionizing R adiation Pr otection http://www .icnirp .de ⢠W or ld Health Organization (WHO) Inter national EMF Proje ct http://www .w ho .int/emf ⢠National R adiolo gical Pr otection Bo ar d (UK) http://www .nrpb .org .uk/ J uly 18, 2001 F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 152 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 153 ] Index Numerics 6340i, illustrated . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 accessibility alternate formats . . . . . . . . . 22 contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 customize audio settings . . . 68 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 mobile inductive loopset . . . 22 other features . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 118 â 121 activate call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . 50 loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 voice command . . . . . . . . . . . 53 voice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 wireless service . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 add folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 advanced features . . . . . . . . . . . 47 alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 âÂÂ101 alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 about . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 contact with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 proper position . . . . . . . . . . 123 unauthorized use . . . . . . . . . 129 assign voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 audio setttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 automate voicemail . . . . . . . . . . 45 automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 B back cover, remove . . . . . . . . . . 11 battery charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 important in formati on . . 13 , 122 install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 operation times . . . . . . . . . . 136 prolong battery life . . . . . . . . 13 remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 battery charger, spare . . . . . . . 119 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 browser appearance set tings . . . . . . . 112 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 clear the cache . . . . . . . . . . . 113 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 online purchases . . . . . . . . . 114 options online . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 options, offline . . . . . . . . . . . 112 view security info . . . . . . . . . 113 business cards . . . . . . . . . . 105 âÂÂ107 C cal cul at or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 âÂÂ103 calendar date notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 four-way scrolling . . . . . . . . . 88 jump to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 153 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 154 ] monthly view . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 note options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 note types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 receive note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 saving notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 send note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 view notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 view received notes . . . . . . . . 92 call duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 âÂÂ43 waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 calls end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 , 49 ending T TY calls . . . . . . . . . . . 65 forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ignore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 redial last . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 using TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 cancel call forwarding . . . . . . . 51 car charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 care and maintenance . . . . . . 129 carrying case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 certification information . . . . 127 change 1-touch dialing numbers . . . 57 audio settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 date format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 keypad tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 memory in use . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 message alert tone . . . . . . . . . 62 phone book view . . . . . . . . . . . 36 PIN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 primary numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 35 profile names . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 ringing options . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 ringing volume . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 security codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 time format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 charge the battery . . . . . . . . . . . 12 charger connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 jack lo cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 clear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 clock, al arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 codes access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 PIN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 PUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 set up voicemail with . . . . . . . 46 compose picture message . . . . . . . . . . . 81 connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 to other devices . . . . . . . . . . 107 TTY hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 154 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 155 ] connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 contact Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 content copier (PC suite) . . . 107 cover, remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 create business card . . . . . . . . 105 currency conversion . . . . . . . . 102 customer care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 customize accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 audio settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 display language . . . . . . . . . . 60 download ringing tones . . . . 69 network selection . . . . . . . . . 61 screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 using profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 D data cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 data synchronization . . . . . . . 107 date, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 definition of terms . . . . . . . . . 133 delete 1-touch dialing numbers . . . 57 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 names and numbers . . . . . . . 34 phone book entries . . . . . 30 , 34 voice memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 desktop charging stand . . . . . 118 dial international numbers . . . 58 dialed calls, view . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 dialing codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 digital data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 DLR-3P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 dow nl oad pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 ringing tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 software . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 8 , 109 user guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 E ECML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 âÂÂ80 emergency calls placing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 things to remembe r . . . . . . . 126 while browsing . . . . . . . . . . . 110 with keypad locked . . . . . . . . 70 end active call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 both calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 e-newsletters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 enhancement profiles . . . . . . . . 65 enhancements . . . . . . . 3 , 118 â 121 enter addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 business cards . . . . . . . . . . . 105 names and numbers . . . . . . . 31 notes to phone book . . . . . . . 32 number types . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 predictive text . . . . . . . . . 27 âÂÂ29 punctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 special characters . . . . . . . . . 29 text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 âÂÂ29 equalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 ESN definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 location on the phone . . . . . . . 8 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 155 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 156 ] exchange rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 F factory settings, restore . . . . . . 69 FAQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 FCC ID for this phone . . . . . . . 128 fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 âÂÂ86 four-way scrolling . . . . . . . . . . . 88 frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 G games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 graphic clues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 H headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 headset kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 hearing impaired audio settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 I IMEI definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 location on the phone . . . . . . . 8 in-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 infrared connections. See IR install battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 international dialing . . . . . . . . . 58 IR activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 check status . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . 107 port location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 receive a business card . . . . 106 send a business card . . . . . . 105 J jump to a date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 K Keyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 keys scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 L languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 listen to voice messages . . . . . . 45 lithium ion ba ttery . . . . . . . . . . 118 lock/unlock the keypad . . . . . . . 70 loopset description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 how it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 LPS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 M memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 âÂÂ39 menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 menus, phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 messages delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 message cente r number . . . . . 77 message icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 organize with folders . . . . . . . 84 read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 reply to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 156 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 157 ] save to folders . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , 78 use templat es . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 view saved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 write and send . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 microphone headset microphone . . . . . . . 66 location on phone . . . . . . . . . 10 position for calls . . . . . . . . . . 20 missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 mobile holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 mobile inductive loopset . . . . . 22 move messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 N navigate phone menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 scroll method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 WAP pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 network selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Nokia Connections e-n ewsl ette r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Nokia PC suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 number types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 O one-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . 56 online purchases . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 open phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 âÂÂ103 output power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 P PC Composer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 PC Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 PC Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 PC Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 personal organizer . . . . . . . 88 â 103 phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 âÂÂ39 add entrie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 customize view . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 display entries . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 primary numbers . . . . . . . . . . 35 search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 phone security access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 lock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . 70 security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 phone size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 phone weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 picture messages . . . . . . . . . . 80 âÂÂ82 PIN 2 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 PIN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 play back a voice memo . . . . . . 55 power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 predictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 âÂÂ29 primary number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 âÂÂ63 PUK codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 punctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 purchases, online . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Q quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 157 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 158 ] R rapid travel charge r . . . . . . . . . 119 read messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 receive business card . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 calendar note . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 TTY call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 record phone conversations . . . . . . . 56 voice commands . . . . . . . . . . 53 voice memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 redial, automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 reference information . . 122 âÂÂ128 register your phone . . . . . . . . . . . 5 reject a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 remove battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 restor e factory sett ings . . . . . . 69 restric t calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 ringing tones discard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 download . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 ,114 play, save, or delete . . . . . . . 114 receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 using PC Composer . . . . . . . 114 S safety aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . 126 explosi ve atmosphe res . . . . 124 hearing aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 important information . . . . . . . 1 operating environment . . . . 123 other medical devices . . . . . 124 pacemakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 safety information . . . . . . . . 123 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 SAR definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 save addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 calendar notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 notes to phone book . . . . . . . 32 numbers only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 phone book entries . . . . . . . . . 31 ringing tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 voice mailbox number . . . . . . 44 screen sav er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 scroll keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 , 19 method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 search phone book . . . . . . . . . . . 33 security lev els . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 security. See phone security select network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 selection keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 send business cards . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 calendar notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 158 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 159 ] picture mess ages . . . . . . . . . . 80 template messages . . . . . . . . 83 set alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 display language . . . . . . . . . . 60 set up headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 , 24 show/hide clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 SIM card capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 copy entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . 126 if rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 nonowner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 PIN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 selecting me mory . . . . . . . . . 39 service number s . . . . . . . . . . . 36 size, phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 software download . . . . . . . . . 108 spare battery charger . . . . . . . 119 special characters . . . . . . . . . . . 29 speed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 standby time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 start sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 strings, touch tone . . . . . . . . . . 58 switch between calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 T talk time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 âÂÂ84 terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 âÂÂ29 predictive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 âÂÂ29 standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 text messa ges send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , 78 send ca lendar notes as . . . . . 93 time format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 âÂÂ66 turn off alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 turn on your phone . . . . . . . . . . 16 U unlock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . 70 updates to user guide . . . . . . . . . 7 user guides alternate formats . . . . . . . . . . 22 updates to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 V vibrating alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 view available memory . . . . . . . . . . 39 calendar notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 call du rat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 clock on the start screen . . . . 99 dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 fixed dialing numbers . . . . . . 72 missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 monthly view, calendar . . . . . 89 phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 picture messages . . . . . . . . . . 81 received calendar notes . . . . 92 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 159 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 160 ] received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 received messages . . . . . . . . . 78 recorded memos . . . . . . . . . . . 55 saved messages . . . . . . . . . . . 86 special characters . . . . . . . . . 29 Wallet no tes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 voice commands . . . . . . . . . . 53 âÂÂ54 voice dial change or delete a tag . . . . . 53 notes about voice tags . . . . . 51 use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 use with headset . . . . . . . . . . 67 voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 voice re cord er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 âÂÂ54 voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 âÂÂ46 volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 volume control location . . . . . . 10 W wallet code request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 create a card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 online purchases . . . . . . . . . 114 personal notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 time-o ut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Wallet code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 WAP active hyperlink . . . . . . . . . . 111 and your wireless provider . 110 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 data entry field . . . . . . . . . . . 111 header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 hyperlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 navigate wap pages . . . . . . . 111 options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 options while browsing . . . . 112 pages, e lements of . . . . . . . . 111 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 warning tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 weight, phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 wireless modem setup . . . . . . . 107 wireless network services . . . . . . 5 wireless networks . . . . . . . . . . . 136 write and send a me ssage . . . . 78 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 160 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 16 1 ] NO TES 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 161 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 162 ] 06/23 NO TES P ara obtener un manual del usuario en español favor de llamar o enviar un fax al teléfono 1-888-NOKIA-2U , fax 8 13-249-96 19. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 162 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
Nokia 6340i User Guide What informati on is needed? Numbers Where is the number? My number Wireless service provider V oice mail number Wireless service provider Wireless providerâ s number Wireless service provider Providerâ s customer care Wireless service provider Model number Label on back of phone (under battery) Phone type Back of title page Electronic serial number (ESN) Label on back of phone (under battery). See âÂÂBefore you contact Nokiaâ on page 8. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 1 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
The wireless phone described in this guide is approved for use in GSM 850, GSM 190 0, TDMA, and AMPS networks. LEGAL IN FORMATI ON Pa r t N o . 9 310 01 9 , I s s u e N o . 1 Copyright é 2003 Nokia. All rig hts reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Nokia 6340i, and the Nokia Original Accessories logos, Snake II, P ass âÂÂn Rush, Bumper , and P airs II are trademarks or registered tr ademarks of Nokia Corporation. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective owners. Printed in Canada 06/ 2003 US P atent No 58 18 437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999- 2003. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . The information in this u ser guide was wri tten for the Nokia 6340i phone. Nokia operates a policy of continuous development. Nokia reserv es the right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMST ANCES SH ALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DAT A OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIAL , INCIDEN TA L, AN D CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES HOWSOEVER CAUSED . THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROV IDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW , NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIN D , EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLU DING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO , THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS F OR A PA RTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELA TION TO THE ACCURACY AND RELIABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT . NOKIA RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THIS DOCUMENT OR WITHDRAW IT AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Ex port Administration regulati ons. Diver sion contrary to U.S. or Canadian law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio inter ference (f or example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interfe rence cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with p art 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harmful interference. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 2 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ iii ] Contents 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 About enhanceme nts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 Quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 Welcome to Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Sign up with a wireless provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Register you r phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 E-newsle tters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Before you conta ct Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Shared memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 4 Nokia 6340 i at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Remove the back cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Install the SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Install the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Charge the batt ery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Remove the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Remove the SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Switch on th e phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Switch off the phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Set the time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Start sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Selection and scroll keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Volume key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Make an d answe r calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Navigate phone menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Accessibility solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Menu shortc uts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 5 Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Predictive t ext input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Enter punctuation and s pecial characte rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page ii i Thursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ iv ] 6 Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Use the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Customize the phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Phone memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 7 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 While vie wing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 View calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Delete ca ll lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 View call dura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Summary after ca ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 8 Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 Save your voice mailbox number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Call and set up your voicema il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Listen to your voice message s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Automate voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 9 Advanced features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 In-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Send own calle r ID wit h next call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Call forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Automatic redia l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Voice rec order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 1-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Touch tone strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 International dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 10 Customize you r phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Network s election . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page iv Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ v ] Accessibility options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Enhancemen t profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Optional heads ets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Audio settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Download a ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Restore fa ctory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 11 Phone secu rity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Lock an d unlock the ke ypad (Ke yguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 12 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 Before you can s end and receive message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Linked mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Font size for mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Message icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Save your mess age center numbe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Write and se nd a mess age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Read me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Reply to a messa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Forward a mes sage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Picture mess ages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Organize mes sages with folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Delete mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 13 Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 To-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Set the time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Alarm c lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Calculat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 14 Your ph one and other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 IR basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page v Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ vi ] Send and rece ive in formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 PC Conn ectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 15 Wireless Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 9 Services menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 WAP sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Your wireles s prov ider an d WAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Browse the wireless int ernet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Online purchase s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 16 Fun and g ames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Play a game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Game se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 17 Enhancem ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 18 Reference informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Batteries and char gers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Certification Informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 19 Care and mainten ance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 9 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 20 Frequently asked questions (FAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 21 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 22 Technical inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 23 Nokia One-Year Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 7 Appendix A Message fro m the CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 3 Appendix B Messag e from the FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page vi Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 ] For your safety 1 For your safety Read these simple guide lines. Br eaking the rule s may be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manual. Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Do not use a handheld phone while driving. INTERFER ENCE All wireless phones may get in terferenc e, which could affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT ALS Follow any regulations or rules. Switch the phone off near medical equipment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Do not use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fuel or chemicals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Do not use the phone where blas t ing is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the normal position. Don't touch the antenna unnecessarily . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 1 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 2 ] QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may inst all or repair phone equipment. ENHANCEMEN TS AND BATTERIES Use only approved enhancements and batteries. Do not connect incompatible products. W A TER-RESISTANCE Y our wireless phone is not water-resistant. K eep it dry . BACKUP COPIES Remember to make backup c opies of all important data. CONNECTING T O O THER DEVICES When connecting to any other device, r ead its user guide for detailed safety inst ructions. Do not c onnect in compatible pro ducts. FUSE REPLACEMENT Replace a blown fuse with a fuse of the same type and size. Never use a fuse with a higher rating! CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , including the area code; then press the Tal k k e y. T o e n d a call, press the End key . T o answer a call, press th e Ta l k key . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Press the End key as many times as needed (for example, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear the display . En ter the emergency number; then press the Ta l k key . Give your location. Do not end the call until told to do so. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 2 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 3 ] For your safety ⢠ABOUT ENHANCEMENTS Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from ACP-7U and ACP-8U chargers. W arning: Use only batteries, chargers an d enhancements app roved by the phon e manufacturer for use with this particular pho ne model. The use of any other types may invalidat e any appr oval or war ranty applying to the phone, and may be dangerous. For availability of approved enhancements , please chec k with yo ur dealer . When you disconnect the power cord of any enhancement, grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 3 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 4 ] 2 Quick guide Make a ca ll Enter a phone number , and press the Tal k key . Answer a ca ll Press the Ta l k key . Answer a ca ll with call wai ting Press the Ta l k key or select Options > Answer call . End a cal l Press the End key . Ignore a cal l Select Silence when your phon e rings. Redi al Press the Ta l k key twice. Adjust c all volu me Press up or down on the side volume key . Use the in -call menu While in a call, select Options . Use 1-touch dialing Press and hold any key , 2âÂÂ9. Save a name and number in the phone book In the start sc reen, enter a numbe r , select Options > Save ; then ent er a name and select OK . Recall a nam e/number Select Names > Find . Enter th e name. Recall a nam e/number durin g a call Select Op tions > New call > Find ; then enter the fi rst letter of the name to find. Check voice mail Press and hold the 1 key OR dial your voice mailbox number . Send a text message Select Message s > Write message . Enter t he message ; then select Options > Send . Enter the recip ientâ s number; then select OK . Send an e-ma il message Select Messages > Write e-mail . Enter the recipientâÂÂs e-mail address and select OK . Enter a s ubject line for your e-mail and select OK . Enter the text of your message and select Options > Send e-mail. Read ne w message Select Show . Reply to a m essage Select Options > Reply , write the reply , select Options > Send , and select OK. Reply to an e-m ail message Select Options > Reply . Ente r th e message and select Opti ons > Sending options > Sending pr ofile . Select your e-mail profile. Select Options > Accept , en ter th e e-mail address, sele ct OK . Send a bus iness card Recall a name from the phone book. Select Details > Options > Send bus. card > Via text msg. Enter the recipientâÂÂs number or select Find to retrieve a number from the phone book. Select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 4 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 5 ] W elcome to Nokia 3 W elcome to Nokia Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 6340i mobile phone. The Nokia 6340i phone can be connected to a PC, laptop, or other device using the data cable or built-in IR port. For more information, please refer to the PC Connectivity Guide. The PC Conn ectivity Gui d e, Nokia PC Su ite, and all related soft ware can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . ⢠SIGN UP WITH A WIRELESS PROVIDER T o use the network services available in your phone, you need to sign up with a wireless provider . In many ca ses, the wireless provider will make available descriptions of their services and instructions for using features such as: ⢠V oice mail and voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠Messaging ⢠News and information services ⢠Selecte d Internet se rvices Wireless providers may differ in their support of features. Before you sign up, make sure a wireless provider supports the features you need. ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to register your phone at www .warranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) so that we can serve your n eeds better if you need to call the center or have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you register your phone, you ca n sign up for Nokia's e-newsletter , Nokia Connections . Y ou will re ceive tips and tr icks on usi ng your phone, enhancement information, and special offers. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 5 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 6 ] ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The âÂÂNokia 6340i at a glanceâ diagram on page 10 il lustrates the components of your phone. The t ips that follow can help you get the most from this guide as you learn to use your phon e. F amil iarize yourself with the diagram to help you better understand the instructions that follow . Te r m s This guide uses certain terms for the steps that you are asked to perform. ⢠Press means to press and release a key quickly . For example, Press 7 means press the key on the keypad that is labeled with the number 7 and the letter s âÂÂp qrsâ . ⢠Press and hold mean s to press and hold a key for 2âÂÂ3 seconds (depending on the featu re you are using); th en release the key . ⢠Highlighted opt ions on the screen are enclosed within a dark bar . The selection keys are used to act o n the highl ighted option. ⢠Scroll keys are used to move up and down in t he menus. For example, if instructed to scroll to another phone book entry , this means press the Scroll up key or the Scroll down key . In some submenus, not all options are visible at once, and you may need to scroll up or down to view the full range of options. ⢠Select means t o press the Left se lection key or the Right selection key . T o select an option, press the selection key below the menu item on the phone scr een. Some fun ctions requ ire yo u to go thr ough severa l submenus. For example, if this guide says Select Phone settin gs > Screen saver > Timeout , you would scroll to the Phone settings option and press the Left selection key; then scroll to the Screen saver option and press the Left selection key; then scroll to the Timeout option and press the Left selection key . ⢠Ta l k and End keys. Press the Ta l k key to place a call or to answer an incoming call. Press th e End key to end a call or press and ho ld to return to the start sc reen. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 6 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 7 ] W elcome to Nokia T ext clues T ext clues make instructions easy to follow . Bold indicates one of the following items: ⢠A word or phrase on the display ⢠Special text such as Note s and War n i n g s ⢠Names of keys such as Right selection key Bold and blue indicates one of the following items: ⢠The word is an address on the W orld Wide W eb . ⢠A definition for the word or phrase is listed in the glossary . Italic characters are used for emphasis or to indicate a vari able. Graphic clues Icons appear throughout this guide to alert you of important information or to provide useful tips. Tip: Indicates a shortcut or altern ate method of doing something. Note: Explains a feature or points out an important concept. W arning: Helps you avoid information loss, personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Updates From time to time, this guide is upda ted to reflect c hanges. The latest version may be available at the U. S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . Also, an interactive version of this guide may be available at www .nokiahowto .com . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 7 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 8 ] ⢠BEFORE YOU CONTACT NOKIA If you need help, Nokia Customer Care is available for assistance. Before calling, however , please read âÂÂFrequently asked questions (FAQ)â on page 13 1 . W e also recommend that you write down the following information on the inside cover of this guide and have it available if you call. The information can be found on your phone label, which is on back of the phone, beneath the battery . ⢠The International mobile equipment identity (IMEI) ⢠The electronic serial number (ESN) W e also ask that you write down your zip code. Please have your phone or enhancement with you when contacting the numbers below . Nokia Customer Care Center , USA Customer Care Center , Canada Nokia, Inc. 7725 W oodland Center Boulevard Suite #150 T ampa, Florida 336 14 T el: 1-888-NOKIA-2U (1-888-665-4228) F ax: 1-8 13-249-96 19 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800- 24-NO KIA (1-800- 246-6542) Nokia Products Ltd. 60 1 W estney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 T el: 1-888-22-NO KIA (1-888-226-6542) F ax: 1-905-427- 1 0 7 0 Information label 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 8 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 9 ] W elcome to Nokia ⢠SHARED MEMORY The following features in this phon e may share memor y: phone book, text and multimedia messages, images and ri nging tones in gallery , calendar , to-do notes, and Java⢠ga mes and applications. Using any such features may reduce the memory available for any features sharing memory . This is especially true with heavy use of any of the fe atures (although some of the features may have a cer tain amo unt of memory specially allotted to them in addition to the amount of memory shared with other features). For example, saving many images, bookma rks, Java apps, or other features sharing memory may take all of the shared memory and your phone may display a message that the memory is full. In this case, delete some of the information or entries stored in the shared memory features before continuing. ⢠ANTENNA Y our phone has a built-in antenna. As with any other radio transmitting device, avoid touching the antenna while the phone is powered up. Contact with the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than necessary . Internal antenna External antenna connect ion 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 9 Th ursday, July 10, 2 003 3:21 PM
[ 1 0 ] 4 Nokia 6340i at a glance Dis play screen Selection keys End key Ta l k k e y Number keys Microphone Earpiece Volume control Internal antenna (rear) Charger jack Scroll keys IR port Po w e r k e y Headset; TTY ; data cable (HDA-8) connector 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 10 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 1 1 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance ⢠REMOVE THE BACK COVER 1 With the phone facing away from you, grip the bottom end with one thumb while pressing the cover release with the other . 2 Slide the cover toward the bottom end of the phone (about 1/4 inch) unt il it stops. 3 Lift the cover to remove. ⢠INSTALL THE SIM CARD The SIM slot is between the battery compartment and the bottom end of the phone. W arning: If the batter y is in the phone, remove the battery before attempting to install the SIM card. See âÂÂRemove the batteryâ on page 14 for battery removal instructions. Note: The SIM card should be inserted beveled corner first with the gold contacts facing down. Slide the SIM card into the empty SIM slot until the SIM card retaining latch closes behind the SIM card. Cover release (press in) Empty battery compartment SIM card SIM slot 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 11 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 12 ] ⢠INSTALL THE BATTERY Note: The SIM card must be installed before installing the battery . 1 P osition the battery so the gold contacts match up with those on the phone. The battery label should be facing away from the phone. 2 Insert the battery , contact end first into the battery slot. 3 Press the other end of the battery into place. 4 Replace the cover and slide it toward the top of the phone until it locks into place. ⢠CHARGE THE BATTERY 1 Plug the charger t ransformer into a standard outlet. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 12 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 13 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance 2 With your phone on or off, inser t the charger plug into the round connector at the bottom end of the phone. After a few seconds, the battery indicator in the display starts to scroll from bottom to top. When the battery is 80% full, the bar on in the display stops scrolling and Battery full appears (if the phone is on). 3 Unplug the phone and charger once ch arging is complete. IMPORT ANT BA TTERY INFORMA TION Note: Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Use only batteries approved by Nokia and recharge your battery only with the chargers approved by Nokia. Ne ver use any charger or battery which is damaged. The battery can be charged and discha rged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. When the opera ting time (talk-time and standby time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . The BLB-3 battery does not need a full discharge before recharging. PROLONG THE BATTERY Use the following guidelines to obtain th e best performance from your battery: ⢠With your phone tu rned off, charge your new battery for three hours before its first use. Use the battery until it is fully discharged. Repeat this procedure twice for a total of three charging cycles. ⢠Note that the full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles. Battery operation time may be less than t he estimate d times during the first charges. This condition is normal. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 13 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 14 ] ⢠Y ou can use your phone while the battery is charging. However , if the battery is completely empty , it ma y need to recharge a few minutes before you can make or receive calls or the battery indicator appears. ⢠After the first charge, you can ma ke and receive calls during the charging cycle, but the calls interrupt the charge. When the phone call ends, the charge will resume. ⢠The bars on the screen stop scrol ling and remain constant when the phone is fully charged. If you lea ve the phone connected to the charger , the battery receives an ad ditional charge. If you switch the phone on when charging is complete, Batte ry f ull momentarily appears in the display . Note: The battery will accept a "trick le charge" for an additional two hours. Charging time depends on the charger and battery . For example, charging time for the BLB-3 battery with th e ACP-7U charger is about 4 hours. ⢠REMOVE THE BATTERY 1 Remove the back cover as described on page 11 . 2 Pull the battery out with your fingers from the top end, as shown in the illustration. W arning: Only use y our hands to remove the battery . Do not use an object such as a coin or knife, as either can damage both the phone and the battery . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 14 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 15 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance ⢠REMOVE THE SIM CARD 1 Remove the back cover and ba ttery as described on page 11 and page 14. 2 Push the SIM card out of the slot as far as you can (about 1/4 of an inch) with your thumb . Note: K eep your thumb in place to prevent the SIM card from sliding back into the slot while you perform the next step. 3 Pull the SIM card from the open end of the slot with your fingers. W arning: K eep all SIM cards out of reach of small children. SIM card SIM card 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 15 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 16 ] ⢠SWITCH ON THE PHONE Press and hold the power key on top of the phone for at least 2 seconds. W arning: Do not power up the phone where wireless phone use is prohibited or where the use of the phone could cause interference or danger . ⢠SWITCH OFF THE PHONE Press and hold the power key on top of the phone for at least 2 seconds. ⢠SET THE TIME AND DATE When you power up your phone for the first time, or when you remove and replace the battery , you are prompted to set the time and date. Note: If PIN code request is set to On , you need to enter the 4-digit PIN code and select OK . See âÂÂEnable PIN code r equestâ on pa ge 74 for more information. 1 Enter the correct time and select OK . 2 Enter the correct date and select OK . After a brief pause, the start screen appears. Po w e r k e y Infrared port 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 16 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 17 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance ⢠START SCREEN The start screen is the âÂÂhome baseâ for your phone and indicates it is in idle mode. Y ou can return to the start screen from any activity by pressing the End key . Elements of the start scree n Home Y our wireless providerâ s name may appear here. Signal strengthâÂÂleft side of the start screen. A higher bar indicates a stronger signal. Battery charge levelâÂÂright side of the start screen. A higher bar indicates mor e power in the battery . Menu Press the Left selection key ( ) under Menu to enter the menu list. Names Pre ss the Right select ion key ( ) under Names to enter the phone book. Press either one of the scroll keys at the start screen to display any entries in your phone book. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 17 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 18 ] Indicator icons Y our phone uses icons to indicate status, alert you of a message or meeting, and more. Icon Indicates... Icon Indicates... Y ou are in an active call. The Silent profi le has been selected. Y ou are in l owercase text entry mode (predictive text off). Ke y g u a r d i s a c t i v e . Y ou have voice messages waiting. Y o u have a text or picture message. Y ou have a call waiti ng (when blinking). Y ou are in uppercase text entry mode (predictive text off). Y ou are in s entence case text entry mode (predictive text off). Y ou are in number entry mode. Encryption is on. An alarm is set. A memo note is in your calen dar . A birthday note i s in your ca lendar . A note is in your calendar to call someone. Y o u have a me eting scheduled in your calendar . Predictive text is on. The highlighted entry (in phone book) exists on the SIM card. A message that you composed was not se nt. A picture is attached to your me ssage. Yo u a r e i n a s e c u r e connection online. When st eady , IR is connected to a device. When blinking, IR is searching for a device. Encryption is off. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 18 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 19 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance ⢠SELECTION AND SCROLL KEYS The left and right selection keys are beneath each corner of the display . The scroll keys are centered below the selection keys . A selection key function is always defined by the text that appears above it in th e display . Press the Left selection key when Menu appears above it to display the Messag es menu. P age through the other main menus using the scroll keys. Press the Right selection key when Names appears above it to enter the phone book. Tip: Press either scroll key from the start screen to view the entries in the phone book. ⢠V O LUME KEY With the phone facing you, the volume key is located on the left side of the phone. Adjust earpiece volume When you press the volume key , a bar chart appears in the display indicating the present volume level. ⢠Press the top portion of the volume key to increase your call volume. ⢠Press the bottom portion of the vol ume key to decrease your call volume. Right selection key Up scroll key Down scroll key Left selection key V olume key Front of phone 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 19 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 20 ] ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use this section as a quick guide for basic functions. Switch the phone on Press and hold the power key on top of the phone for 2 seconds. W arning: Do not power up the phone when wireless use is prohibited or when the phone may cause interference or danger . Make a call 1 Enter the area code and phone number . 2 Press the Ta l k key . 3 Hold the phone with the earpiece over your ear and microphone near your mouth, or connect and use the headset before entering the number . Answer a call When your phone rings or vibrates, press the Tal k key . End a ca ll Press the End key . K eyguard ⢠T urn K eyguard on Select Menu ; then press the Star key . Keyguard prevents accidental calls. ⢠T urn K eyguard off Select Unlock ; then press the Star key . Silence or decline a call Y ou can mute the ringing tone of an incoming call without terminating the call. Select Silence and the ringing ton e is muted. After selecting Silence , you then have the option to Decline the call. When you decline a call, the calling party hears a busy signal. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 20 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 2 1 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance â¢H E L P T E X T The Nokia 6 340i phon e displays br ief descr iptions f or most m enu items. Wh en yo u arrive at a feature or menu, pause for about 1 0 seconds. Use the scroll keys to page throug h the full help text, if necessary . Use this procedure to activa te or deactivate help text. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Help text activation . 2 Select On to activate help text or Off to deactivate. ⢠NAVIGATE PHONE MENUS Y ou can navigate the menus and submenus in your phone using the scroll method or a shortc ut . Scroll method 1 At the start screen, select Menu by pressing the Left selection key . 2 Scroll through the main menus using t he scroll keys. As you page through menus, the menu number appears in the upper right corner of the display . A scroll bar with a tab appears below the menu number . This tab moves up or down as you scroll through t he menus, indicating your position within the menu structure. 3 W he n th e m e n u y ou w a nt app ea rs in the display , select the menu by pressing the Left selection key . 4 Once inside the menu, use the scroll keys to highlight an item or page through submenus. Press the Left selection key to open a highlighted item or to enter a submenu. Press the Right se lection key to exit or return to the previous menu. Menu number Scroll bar with tab 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 21 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 22 ] Shortcuts Y ou can also go to almost any feature, option, or submenu directly from the start screen using a âÂÂshortcut.â Select Menu ; then within 3 seconds, press th e key or keys associated with the menu function you would like to view or activate. For example, to turn on the Alarm clock , press Me nu 4 -1-1 ( Menu > Settings > Alarm clo ck > On ). A complete list of shortcuts begins on page 24 . Some features may not appear , depending on serv ice availabili ty , or may require subscription to the feature in question. In s uch cases, t he phone di splays an err or message. If you wish to subscribe to a featur e that is currently disabled, contact your wireless provider . ⢠ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is committed to pursuing accessibility solutions for all people, including individuals with disabilities. We maintain a site on the Internet that is dedicated to accessibility so lutions. For more information about features, enhancements, and other Noki a products designed with accessibility in mind, visit the Nokia Internet site at www .nokiaaccessibility .com or contact Nokia Cust omer Care at 1-800- 24-NOKIA. Alternate format user guides This user guide is also available in alternate formats. Call Nokia Customer Care at 1-888-665-4228. TTY/TDD users can contact Nokia at 1-800- 246-65 42. LPS-1 Mobile Inductive Loopset The LPS- 1 loops et, avai lable for purchase sep aratel y , gives he aring-impai red us er s a cce s s t o d igi ta l te l eph o ny . P eople using a T- coil equipped hearing aid can make and receive calls without noise interference. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 22 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 23 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance The LPS-1 transmits sound to any hearing aid equipped with a T- coil. The sound from the phone is amplified and background noise is eliminated. W ear it around y our neck , connect it to your phone, and speak directly toward the microphone on the loopset. For more details, refer to the booklet that comes with the LPS-1. The loopset can be purchased se parately as an enhancement. Other accessibility features Besides an intuitive interface and TTY /TDD capabilities, other accessibi lity features of the Nokia 6340i phone include: ⢠A nib or raised dot on top of the five key for keypad reference ⢠T actile feedback whenever you press a key ⢠The ability to send an d receive short messages ⢠1-touch dialing ⢠The ability to amplify higher frequen cies using the equalizer function ⢠Caller groups to aid in caller identification Note: For inst ructions o n setting up enhancement pr ofiles, an d c o nn ec ti n g and usi ng a TTY/TDD device, see âÂÂA ccessibility optionsâ on page 63. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 23 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 24 ] ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS T o access a menu quickly , select Men u ; then enter the shortcut. For example, t o delete all recent call lists , select Menu, press the 2 key; then the 4 key; then the 1 key . (Menu 2-4- 1 is the Call log > Delete recent call lists > All menu.) 1 MESSAGES Write message . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1 Write e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-2 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-3 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-4 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-5 T emplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-6 My folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-7 Delete messages . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8 All messages . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-2 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-3 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-4 Own folders . . . . . . . . . 0-1-8-5 V oice messages . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-9 Listen to voic e messages . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-9-1 V oice mailbox number 0-1-9-2 Service command editor . 0-1-1-0 Message settings. . . . . . . 0-1-1-1 Sending profile . . . . 0-1-1-1-1 Overwriting in outbox . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1-1-2 Overwriting in inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1-1-3 Font size . . . . . . . . . 0-1-1-1-4 2 CALL LOG Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Delete recent call lists . . . . . . 2-4 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 Missed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-2 Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 Call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Duration of last call . . . . 2-5-1 Duration of rec eived calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-2 Duration of dialed c alls . 2-5-3 Duration of all calls . . . . 2-5-4 Clear timers . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-5 3P R O F I L E S Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2 Timed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3 (Submenus for Silent , Meeting , Outdoor , and Pa g e r are the same as for No rmal ) Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 4 SETTINGS Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1 Auto-update of date & time . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 Call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Call forwarding . . . . . . . . 4-3-1 Equalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 International prefix . . . . 4-3-3 Automatic redial . . . . . . . 4-3-4 Summary after call . . . . . 4-3-5 Phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 24 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 25 ] Nokia 6340i at a glance Language . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4-1 System selection . . . . . . .4-4-2 T ouch tone length . . . . . .4-4-3 Help text activati on . . . . .4-4-4 Screen saver . . . . . . . . . . .4-4-5 T one settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -5 Ringing options . . . . . . . .4-5-1 Ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . .4-5-2 Ringing volume . . . . . . . .4-5-3 Vibrating alert . . . . . . . . .4-5-4 Message alert tone. . . . . .4-5-5 K eypad tones . . . . . . . . . .4-5-6 W arning tones . . . . . . . . .4-5-7 Alert for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5-8 Accessory settings . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6-1 Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6-2 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6-3 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6-4 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 PIN code request . . . . . . .4-7-1 Fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . 4 -7-2 Security level . . . . . . . . . .4-7-3 Access codes . . . . . . . . . . .4-7-4 Restore factory settings . . . . . 4-8 5V O I C E V oice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1-1 Recordings list . . . . . . . . .5-1-2 V oice command . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2-1 V oice mailbox . . . . . . . . . .5-2-2 Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2-3 Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2-4 6 ORGANIZER Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 T o-do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 W allet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 7 CALCULATOR 8G A M E S Select game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Snake II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-1 P ass âÂÂn Rush . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-2 Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-3 P airs II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-4 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Game sounds . . . . . . . . . . 8-2-1 Game lights . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2-2 Shakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2-3 9I N F R A R E D Infrared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 0 S ERVIC ES Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-1 Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-2 Service inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4 Active service settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-1 Edit active ser vice settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-4-2 Appearance settings . . 1-0-4 -3 Cookie settings. . . . . . . 1-0-4-4 Author ity certifica tes . 1-0-4 -5 Service inbox settings . 1-0-4-6 Go to address . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-5 Clear the cache . . . . . . . . . . 1-0-6 Note: Some phone features are network dependent. Menus for certain fe atures may or may not app ear , or may appear in a different sequence, due to their availability in your network (such as call costs, bookmarks, operator logo, line for outgoing calls, info numbe rs for co ntacts, etc.). Contact your service provider for availability . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 25 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 26 ] 5 T ext entry Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can use two methods for entering text and numbers. ⢠Standard mode is the only way to enter names into contacts an d to rename caller groups. ⢠Predictive text input is a q uick and easy meth od for wr iting m essages. Press the Po u n d key to switch p redictive text on or off and to use predictive text in various modes. Press and hold the Po u n d key to switch between text and numeric entry . As you press the Po u n d key , the following icons (not the descriptions) appear in the upper left of the display: ⢠STANDARD MODE Enter text (Abc) ⢠Press a key once to insert the first letter on the key , twice for the second letter , etc. If you pause brie fly , the last letter in the display is accepted and your phone awaits the next entry . ⢠Press the 0 key to accept a word and enter a space. ⢠Press the 1 key to enter a period (.). ⢠Press the Star key to display special characters. See âÂÂEnter pun ctuation and special char actersâ on page 29. Icon Indicates... Uppercase text. Predictive text is Off . Lowercase text. Predictive text is Off . Sente nce ca se text . Pred ictive text is On . Lowercase text. Predictive text is On . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 26 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 27 ] T ext entry â¢S e l e c t Clear to backspace and delete a character . ⢠Select and hold Clear to backspace continuously and del ete characters . Enter numbers (123) To s w i t c h to 123 mode from Abc mode, press and hold the P ound ke y at any message entry screen until the icon in the upper left corner of th e display switches from Abc to 123 (or vice versa). ⢠PREDICTIVE TEXT INPUT Predictive text input allows you to write messages quickly using your keypad and the built-in phone dictionary . It is much faster than using the standard mode âÂÂmulti-tapâ method. Y ou can use predictive text to write a message, create a calendar note, and make a to-do list. When predictive text is on, the icon appears in the upper left corner of the display . When predictive text is off, the icon appears in the upper left corner of the display . Activate predictive text 1 At any text entry screen, select and hold Options . OR At a text entry screen, select Options > Predictive text . 2 Select the language of your choice. A confirmation message shows that predictive text is turned on. Note: The language setting affects the time and date formats of the clock, alarm clock, and calendar . Enter text ⢠For each letter of the word th at you want to spell, press the corresponding key on your keypad only once , even if the letter you want is not the first letter on the key . The phone âÂÂguessesâ the word you are trying to spell. ⢠If a displayed word is not correct, press the Star ke y to see other matches. T o move forward through a list of matches, keep pressing the Star key . To return to the prev ious word in the list of matches, select Previous . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 27 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 28 ] ⢠Press the 0 key to accept the word, enter a space, and begin writing the next word. â¢I f ? appears after a word, select Spell to add the word to the dictionary . See â Add new words to the dictionaryâ on page 28. ⢠Press the 1 key to insert a period into your message. ⢠Press and hold the Star key to display special characters. See âÂÂEnter punctuation and special charactersâ on page 29. Add new words to the dictionary If you encounter a word that predictive text does not recognize, a question mark ( ? ) follows the word and Spell appears in the lower left of the display . Select Spell , enter your new word using the keypad, and select Save . The word is added to the dictionary and to the message that you are writi ng. K eep these factors in mind wh en adding words: ⢠New words that you accept by selecting Save , the 0 key , or deleting the space between two words are saved to the dictionary . ⢠Depending on the language and the length of the words, you may be able to add hundreds of words to the dictionary . ⢠When the dictionary is full, the mos t recent addition replaces the first. Predictive text example To wr i t e Nokia with predictive text on and with the English dictionary selected, press each of the following keys once : the 6 key the 6 key the 5 key the 4 key the 2 key The illustration above simulates your display each time a key is pressed. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 28 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 29 ] T ext entry ⢠ENTER PUNCTUATION AND SPECIAL CHARACTERS While a t any text entry screen, pres s the Star key to display special characters (press and hold the Star key if predictive text is on). The following special characters are available. Navigate special ch aracters using the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys much as you would a joystick. Once a charac ter is highlighted, press the 5 key or select Insert to insert the character into your message. . , â ? ! â - ( ) @ / : _ ; & % * = < > ã $ ÃÂ¥ ä [ ] { } \ ~ ^ á ÿ ç # l Scroll right Scroll left Insert character Scroll down Scro ll up 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 29 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 30 ] 6 Phone book Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . One of the most useful features in the Nokia 6340i phone is its powerful phone book. Y ou can store up to 500 names and their associated web , e-mail, and street addresses within the phone book. Each name, or ent ry as it is called, has room for mu ltiple numbers and text entries. â¢O P T I O N S At the start screen, select Names . The following options appear: Find âÂÂSearch for a name in your phone book or list the names and select from the list. Add entry âÂÂAdd a new entry (name and number) to your phone book. Edit name âÂÂEdit an existing name in your phone book. Add number âÂÂAdd a number to an existing entry in your phon e book. Delete âÂÂDelet e names and numbers in your phone book one by one or all at once. Copy âÂÂCopy entries from SIM card to phon e or vice versa. Y ou have the option to copy entries one by one or all at once. Settings âÂÂChange how you view the phone book, check your memory status, and select which memory to use. 1-touc h dial ing âÂÂShow a list of 1-touch dialing numbers, if you have assigned any to keys 2 âÂÂ9 . Vo i c e t a g s âÂÂShow a list of voice dialing numbers, if you have assigned voice tags to any phone book entries. Service nos. âÂÂList the fax, data, and voice nu mbers saved to your SIM card by your wireless provider . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 30 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 3 1 ] Phone book Own numbers âÂÂDisplay the phone number assigned to your phone, if the number is saved to the SIM card by your wireless provider . Caller groups âÂÂSetup a caller group. Y ou can define ringing tones and graphics for up to five groups in your phone book. See âÂÂCaller groupsâ on page 37 to set up a caller group. ⢠USE THE PHONE BOOK Add an entry to the phone book 1 At the start screen, select Names > Add entr y . 2 Enter a name for the entry and select OK . 3 Enter the area code and number for the entry and select OK . The name and number are saved to the memory in use. OR 1 At the start screen, ente r the area code a nd number you wish to save and select Options > Save . Tip: Always save numbers with a plus ( ) in front to simplify international dialing. See âÂÂInternational dialingâ on page 58 for more information. 2 Enter a name for the number and select OK . The name and number are saved to the memory in use. Assign or change number types Phone numbers are subentries of an entry , or a name. Each entry can hold multiple numbers, and you can assign a different type to each. Once assigned, a number type is easily identified by the icon to the left of the number . The following number types are available: General Mobile Home Wor k Fa x 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 31 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 32 ] Note: If you plan on using Nokia PC Sync to syn chronize your phone book and your PC PIM (personal information manager) application, make sure all p hone numbers are assigned the correct number type. PC Sync uses this information to synchronize contacts correctly between phone and PC. This function is not available for numbers stored only on your SIM card. 1 At the start screen, press one of th e scroll keys to display your phone book entries. 2 Scroll to the entry containing th e numbers you wish to change and select Details . 3 Use the scroll keys to highlight the number you wish t o change and select Options > Change type . 4 Select the number type of your preference. A confirmation message appears in the display . Add an address or note to a phone book entry Note: This function is not available for numbers stored only on your SIM card. 1 With an entry in your phone book highlighted, select Details > Options > Add detail . 2 Select either E-mail , W eb address , Street addr . , or Note . 3 Enter the address or note and select OK . 4 Select Back to return to the phone book entry . Save a number (only) 1 At the start screen, enter the area co de and number you want to save. 2 Select and hold Options . The number is saved to your ph one book as a stand-alone entry . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 32 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 33 ] Phone book Display phone book entries quickly Display any entries in your phone book with the pr ess of a key . Just press one of the scroll keys at the start screen. Tip: Any entries which display the SIM card icon ( ) in the upper right corner of the display) indicate that entry is saved to the SIM card. Any entries which appear twice in the display (as in this illustration), indicate the entry is saved to both phone memory and SIM memory . Search the phone book quickly 1 At the start screen, press one of th e scroll keys to display any entries in your phone book. 2 Press the key which contains t he first letter of the entry you are searching (for example, press the 3 key twic e to sear ch for âÂÂEve lynâÂÂ). Any entries that begin with that le tter appear in the display , as well as a search box with the magnifying glass icon ( ). 3 Continue entering letters to locate th e entry , or move through and highlight other entries using the scroll keys. 4 Once you have highlighted the desired entry , press the Ta l k key to dial the number . OR Select Details > Options to display the following options: Add voice tag âÂÂAdd a voice tag to the highlighted entry . Edit number âÂÂEdit the highlighted number . Delete number âÂÂDelete the highlighted number . Copy number âÂÂCopy the highlighted number . View âÂÂView the highlighted number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 33 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 34 ] Change type âÂÂChange the number to one of the 5 available types: General , Mobile , Home , Wor k , or Fa x (only available for number s stored in phone memory). As prim ary no. âÂÂAssign the nu mber as your primary number . See âÂÂAssign a primary numberâ on page 35 for more information. (Only available for numbers stored in phone memory .) Add number âÂÂAdd another number to the selected entry . Add detail âÂÂAdd an e-mail addre ss, web address, street address, or note to the selected entry . Caller groups âÂÂAdd the selected entry to one of the five available caller groups, or select No group . Send bus. card âÂÂSend a business card containing the selected entry information to a compatible phone using IR or SMS. Send message âÂÂSend a message to the entry using SMS or e-mail. 1-touch dialing âÂÂAssign the number to a 1-touch dialing location. Edit name âÂÂEdit the name of the entry . View name âÂÂView the name of the entry . Delete âÂÂDelete the entry and all information it contains. Edit names 1 At the start screen, select Names > Edit name . 2 Scroll to the name you wish to change and select Edit . 3 Edit the name as desired; then select OK . Delete names and numbers Y ou can delete a single entry or all entries at once. DELETE A SINGLE ENTR Y 1 At the start screen, select Names > Delete > One by one . 2 Scroll to the entry you wish to delete and select Delete . 3 Select OK to confirm the delet ion, or Back to return to the list of en t ri e s. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 34 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 35 ] Phone book DELETE A LL NAMES AND NU MBERS 1 At the start screen, select Names > Delete > Delete all . 2 Scroll to either Phone or SIM card and select De lete . 3 Select OK to confirm the deletion, or Back to select from Phone or SIM card again. If you s elected OK , you are prompted to enter the security code (default is 1234 5 ). 4 Enter the security code and select OK . Note: If you enter the wrong security code 3 times in a row , the phone is blocked and will not accept a code for 5 minut es. Assign a primary number For names containing more than one number , assign the most-dialed number as the primary number . The primary number is the number dialed when you select a name for dialing that contains mu ltiple numbers. 1 At the start screen, pres s on e of th e scroll keys to display a list of phone book entries. 2 Scroll to a name containing multiple numbers and select Details . 3 Scroll to the number you want to assign as t he primary number (or change to the primary number) and select Op tions > As pr imary no. . The primary number is set. Copy phone book entries 1 At the start screen, select Names > Copy . 2 Select either From phone to S IM card or From SIM card to phone . 3 Select one of the following options: One by one âÂÂSelect and copy entries one by one. All âÂÂCopy all entries from the SIM card or phone. Primary nos. âÂÂCopy only primary numbers. This appears only if you select From phone to SIM . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 35 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 36 ] 4 If you selected All or Primary nos. , go to step 6. If you selected One by one , scroll to the entry you wish to copy an d select Cop y . 5 Select either Keep original or Move original . The entry is copied and you are returned to the list of p hone book entries. 6 If you s elected Al l or Primary nos. in ste p 3, se lect eithe r Ke e p original or Move original . 7 Select OK to confirm your choice. All entries are copied to the selected destination. Select Back to return to the list of phone book entries, or press th e End key to exit and return to the start screen. W arning: Select K e ep original if you are unsure of which copy method to use. This ensures origin al entries are merely copied to the new location. Move or iginal deletes files after copying. View service numbers Y our wireless provider may have save d service numbers to your SIM card. T o view t hese numbers: 1 At the start screen, select Names > S ervi ce n os. . A list of numbers, if available, appears in the display . 2 T o view details of a number , scroll to the number and select Details . Note: This feature may not be supporte d by your SIM card. If not, contact your wireless provider for more information. ⢠CUSTOMIZE THE PHONE BOOK Change the phone book view Y ou can view the contents of your phone book as a list of names or view each entry as a full display of name and numbers. 1 At the start screen, select Names > Settings > Phone book view . 2 Select either Name list or Name number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 36 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 37 ] Phone book Caller groups Y ou can add phone book entries to one of five caller groups, and then assign a unique ringing tone or graphic to that group. This enables you to identify callers from that caller group by their unique ringing tone or graphic. A caller group can be as small as one person or as large as your entire phone book. Caller groups can be renamed to suit your prefer ence. CALLER GROUP OPTIONS 1 At the start screen, select Names > Caller groups . 2 Select one of the available caller groupsâ F amily , VIP , Friends , Business , or Other . 3 Select one of the following options: Rename group âÂÂRename the group to your preference. Group ringing tone âÂÂSet the ringing tone for the group. Group logo âÂÂView the graphic for the caller group, and turn it on or off. Group members âÂÂAdd or remove members from the caller group. SET UP A C ALLER GROUP 1 At the start screen, pres s on e of th e scroll keys to display a list of entries in your phone book. Tip: P erform a âÂÂquick findâ when ph one book entries are d isplayed by entering the first letter of a name. appears in the bottom of the display to indicate you are performing a search. 2 Scroll to a name you want to add to a caller group and select Details > Options > Caller grou ps . 3 Select the caller gr oup to which you want to add the name. A confirmation message appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 37 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 38 ] ⢠PHONE MEMO RY Y our phone has three options for the use of its memory: Phone , SIM , and Phone and SIM combined. Only names and numbers saved to the memory in use will appear in the display . Note: With Phone and SIM memory selected, entries saved to both memories appear in the display . Therefore, you may see the same entry twice when you view the content s of your phone book. Memory specific information Feature Phone SIM Phone and SIM Name capacity Up to 500 names Up to 250 names (varies w ith SIM card) Up to 750 names (both SIM and phone entries are displayed) Number capacity Mult ipl e numbers per name One per name Multiple numbers per name (stored in phone memory) Can use V oice dialing? Ye s Ye s Ye s Can transfe r names or numbers to another phone? Use IR or PC Suite Use IR, PC Suite, and SIM Use IR, PC Suit e, and SIM Can store te xt information such as street address, e-mail address, note? Mult ipl e te xt entries per name No Multiple text entries per name (stored in phone memory) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 38 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 39 ] Phone book View memory in use Y ou can view the memory available in your phone or SIM card by doing the following: 1 At the start screen, select Names > Settings > Memory status . 2 Select either Phone or SIM card . Depending on which memory you have selected, either a graphic or numeric representation of memory usage appears in the display . Select a memory 1 At the start screen, select Names > Settings > Memory in use . 2 Select one of the following options: Phone and SIM âÂÂData is saved to phone memor y , but SIM and phone entries appear in the display . Phone âÂÂData is saved to phone memory . Only entries saved to phone memory appear in the display . SIM card âÂÂData is sav ed to the SIM card. Only entries saved to the SIM card appear in the display . Tip: If you wish to sav e multiple nu mbers to a name, or in formation such as an e-mail or street address, choose Phone or Phone and SIM . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 39 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 40 ] 7C a l l l o g Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . Call log stores informatio n about the last 20 missed, received, or dial ed calls. It also adds the total durat ion of all calls. Wh en the nu mber of calls exceed 20, the most recent call replaces the oldest. For call log to work properly: ⢠Y our wir eless provider must support caller ID, and it must be enabled. ⢠Y our calls cannot be blocked. ⢠Y our phone must be on and within the service area. â¢O P T I O N S The following options are ava ilable from the call log menu: Missed calls âÂÂShow the phone numbers of unanswered incoming calls. Received calls âÂÂShow the ph one numbers of the most recently answered incoming calls. Dialed numbers âÂÂShow the most recently dialed numbers. Delete rece nt call lists âÂÂClear phone numbers from recent call lists. Call timers âÂÂView the duration of recent calls and clear the call timers. ⢠WHILE VIEWING CALLS Whether you are viewing missed, re ceived, or dialed calls, the menu options are the following. Call time âÂÂDisplay the date and time of th e call. Send message âÂÂSend a message to the number . View number âÂÂDisplay the number . Edit number âÂÂEdit the number and associate a name with the number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 40 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 4 1 ] Call log Save âÂÂEnter a name for the number and save it to the phone book. Add to name âÂÂAdd the number to an exist ing entry in the phone book, if the number is not associated with a name. Delete âÂÂClear the number from memory . Call âÂÂCall the number . ⢠VIEW CALLS Missed calls Missed call s are calls that were ne ver answered. Y ou can check for missed calls two ways: 1 If # missed call appears in the display , select List . The phone number appears in the display . 2 Select Options ; then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 40. OR 1 From the menus, select Call log > Missed cal ls . After a brief pause, a list of missed calls appears in the display (if any exi st). 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options ; then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 40. Received calls Received calls are calls that have been answered. 1 From the menus, select Call log > Received calls . After a brief pause, a list of re ceived calls appears in the display (if any exi st). 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 41 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 42 ] 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options ; then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 40. Call times Y ou can receive up to five calls from the same number , and view the time each call occurred. The cl ock must be se t for this feature to work accurately . See âÂÂSet the time and date â on page 98 for instructions on setting the clock. 1 While viewing a missed or received call, select Options > Call t ime . The time that the last call occurred appears in the display . 2 Press the scroll down key to view other call times from this number . 3 Select Back to ret urn to the options list. Dialed numbers Y ou can view dialed numbers one of two ways: 1 At the start screen, press the Tal k key . OR From the menus, select Call log > Dialed num bers . After a brief pause, your most recently dialed numbers appear . 2 Scroll to a name or number and select Options ; then select the desired option from the list. See âÂÂWhile viewing calls â on page 40. ⢠DELETE CALL LISTS T o clear any missed, diale d, or received calls from your phoneâ s memory: 1 From the menus, select Call log > Delet e rece nt call lists . 2 Select the call type you want to clearâÂÂeither All , Missed , Receiv ed , or Dialed . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 42 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 43 ] Call log ⢠VIEW CALL DURATION 1 From the menus, select Call log > Call timers. 2 Select one of the following options: Duration of last call âÂÂSh ow the duration of the last call received. Duration of received calls âÂÂShow the duration of all received calls. Duration of dialed call s âÂÂShow the duration of all dialed calls. Duration of all cal ls âÂÂShow the duration of all calls (missed, dialed, and received) since the timer was last reset. Clear timers âÂÂRes et all cal l timers to zero. Note: Clear timers resets the duration timers for al l call types and is irreversible. ⢠SUMMARY AFTER CALL T o show (or not show) the duration of each call after you hang up: 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call sett ings > Summ ary after call . 2 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 43 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 44 ] 8 V oicemail Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . If you subscribe to voicemail, your wireless provider will furnish you with a voice mailbox number . Y ou need to save this number to your phone to use voicemail. When you receive a v oice message, your phone lets you know by beeping, displaying a message, or both. If you receive more than one message, your phone shows th e number of messages received. ⢠SAVE YOUR VOICE MAILBOX NUMBER Y our wireless provider may have already saved your voice mailbox number to your phone. If so, the number will appear in the display in step 2. Select OK to leave the number unchanged. 1 From t he menus, select Messages > V oice messages > V oi ce mailbox num ber . After a brief pause, the mailbox nu mber screen appears in the display . 2 If the box in the display is empty or contains an incorrect number , enter the number given by your service provider and select OK . OR If the box in the display contains the correct number , select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your number is saved. Tip: Save yourself the trouble of entering the mailbox codes each time you dial voicemail. See â Automate voicemailâ on page 45 for more information. ⢠CALL AND SET UP YOUR VOICEMAIL 1 Once you have saved the voice mailbox number , press and hold the 1 key . 2 When you connect and the prerecor ded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to set up your voicemail. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 44 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 45 ] V oicemail ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MESSAGES Once you have set up voicemail, you can dial the number in one of four ways: ⢠Dial the number using the keypad. ⢠Press and hold the 1 key . â¢S e l e c t Li sten if there is a notification message in the display . â¢S e l e c t Message s > V oice mess ages > Listen to voi ce messag es . After a brief pause, your ph one dials the voicemail number . Once you connect and the prerecor ded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to listen to your voice messages. ⢠AUTOMATE VOICEMAIL Y ou can insert special character s called âÂÂdialing cod esâ into phon e numbers such as voicemail and then save the number to a 1-touch dialing location. Dialing co des instruct the recei ving system to pause, wait , bypa ss, or accept the numbers that follow them i n the dialing string. Note: Each voicemail service can vary . The examples and steps that follow are f or clarification. Ch eck with your wireless provider if you have specific questions about your voicemail service. Write down some information Y ou will need this information in âÂÂSet up voicemail with dialing codesâ on page 46 . Be sure to record all of the infor mation correctly . 1 Write down your voice mailbox number . 2 Call and check your voicemail as you normally would. 3 Write down your interaction with the recorded prompts step-by-step. K eep in mind that each voicemail service may vary . However , it should look something like this: Dial 2 14555 12 12, pause 5 seconds , press 1, pause 2 seconds , enter 1234, press pound key . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 45 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 46 ] Insert dialing codes Press the Star key repeated ly to cycle th rough dialing codes. Once the desired code appears, pau se briefl y to insert the code in to the dialin g string. For example, press the Star key four times to display âÂÂwâ (wait character). P a us e briefly to insert th e wait chara cter int o your dialin g string . Available di al in g codes are as follows: Set up voicemail with dialing codes 1 At the start screen, se lect Names > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to an empty 1-touch dialing slot and select Assign . 3 Enter your voice mailbox number , including the area code. 4 Enter any dialing codes as necessary using the information that you wrote down earlier . For example, if you pause for 5 seco nds after connecting to voicemail, enter p twice after the voice mailbox number , such as 2 14555 12 12 pp . 5 Enter any remaining paus es, PIN codes, and other information that allows you to listen to your messages; then select OK . 6 Enter a name (such as V oicemail) and press OK . A message appears in the display confirming your 1-touch dialing location has been saved. 7 T o dial and listen to your voicemail, just press and hold the assigned 1-touch dialing key at the start screen . No other keypresses should be necessary . * Bypasses a set of instructions. Precedes an international telephone number . p P auses for 2.5 seconds before sending any numbers that follow . w W ait. Y our phone waits for you to press the Ta lk key before it sends any numbers or codes that follow . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 46 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 47 ] A dvanced features 9 Advanced features Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cause interference or danger . ⢠IN-CALL OPTIONS Y ou have numerous options while in a call. The options listed on the following pages are those available in the most common situations, such as when you are in a call or when a call is on hold. Note: Some options are network dependent. Check with your wireless provider if you have questions r egarding availability . With one call active Select Options when one call is active to display the following options: Record âÂÂRecord the current phone conversation. Equalizer âÂÂSelect an equalizer set or create a custom set of your own. End call âÂÂT erminate the call. New call âÂÂPlace a new call. T ouch tones âÂÂEnter touch tones manually or recall a string from your phone book. Phone book âÂÂDisplay the phone book menu. Menu âÂÂReturn to the main menus. Mute âÂÂMute the current call. Y ou can hear the other person but they cannot hear you. Hold âÂÂPlace the current call on hold. With a call on hold Select Options when a call is on hold to display the following options: Record âÂÂRecord the current phone conversation. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 47 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 48 ] Equalizer âÂÂSelect an equalizer set or create a custom set of your own. End call âÂÂT erminate the call. New call âÂÂPlace a new call. Phone book âÂÂDisplay the phone book menu. Menu âÂÂReturn to the main menus. Mute âÂÂMute the current call. Y ou can hear the other person but they cannot hear you. Unhold âÂÂActivates the held call. With one call active and another on hold Select Options when one call is active and another is on hold to display the following options: Record âÂÂRecord the active phone conversation. Equalizer âÂÂSelect an equalizer set or create a custom set of your own. End call âÂÂT erminate the active call. End all calls âÂÂEnd all calls. Conference âÂÂConnect all parties in a conversation. T ouch tones âÂÂEnter touch tones manually or recall a string from your phone book. Phone book âÂÂDisplay the phone book menu. Menu âÂÂReturn to the main menus. Mute âÂÂMute the current call. Y ou can hear the other person but they cannot hear you. Swap âÂÂSwitch from the active call t o the one on hold. T ransfer calls âÂÂT ransfer yo ur calls (on hold or otherwise) to another number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 48 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 49 ] A dvanced features ⢠CALL WAITING If supported by your wireless provide r , call waiting notif ies you of an incoming call while you are in a call. Y ou can then accept, reject, or ignore the incoming call. When you receive an incoming call 1 At first, the name or number appears in the display . After a few seconds, Call 2 appears below Call 1 in the display . 2 Select Answer or press the Tal k key to pick up the call. The first caller is put on hold and Swapped appears in the display . If you do not pick up the call within 30 seconds, the call is dropped. Switch between calls Select Swap or press the Tal k key . End the active call Press the End ke y . End both calls Select Options > End all calls. Reject a waiting call Select Options > Declin e call. Place a new call with one on hold ⢠While in a call, enter the number for the second call and press the Ta lk key . The first caller is put on hold. ⢠Switch between the two calls by selecting Swap or pressing the Ta l k key . ⢠End the active call by pressing the End key . ⢠T o end both calls, select Options > End all calls. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 49 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 50 ] ⢠SEND OWN CALLER ID WITH NEXT CALL Y ou can prevent your number from being displayed on the receiving partyâ s caller ID. This feature is network dependent and works on a call-by-call basis. Contact your wire less provider for more information. ⢠CALL FORWARDING Call forwarding tells your networ k to redirect incoming calls to another number . Note: Call forwarding is network dependent and may not work the same in all networks. Con tact your wireless provider for availabilit y . Activate call forwarding 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > Call forwarding . 2 Select one of the following options: Forward all voice calls âÂÂForward all calls to the number you specify . Forward when not able to take calls âÂÂForward calls that are not picked up. Y ou can also set a dela y before forwarding takes place. Forward all fax calls âÂÂForward all fax calls to a fax mailbox. Forward all data calls âÂÂForward all data ca lls to a data mailbox. Cancel all call forwarding âÂÂCancel any call forwarding options you may have set. 3 Select Activate . 4 If required, select the destination t o which your calls will be forwarded (either T o voice mailb . or To other no. ). 5 Enter the number to which your calls , data, or other information will be forwarded and select OK . Y our phone calls the network to activa te th e featu re you hav e reques ted. The network sends a confirmation note when the feature has been activated successfully . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 50 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 5 1 ] A dvanced features Cancel call forwarding From the menus, select Sett ings > Call settings > Call forwarding > Cancel all call forward ing . Note: Cancel all call forwarding may affect your ability to r e c e i v e voice mail m essages. Contact your wireless provid er for specific details. ⢠AUTOMATIC REDIAL Occasionally , your network may experi ence heavy traffic, resulting in a âÂÂfastâ busy signal when you dial. Wi th automatic redial activated, your phone redials the number up to 1 0 times, and notifies you once the network becomes available. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settings > Automatic redial . 2 Select On to activate, or Off to deactivate. ⢠V OICE D IAL Y ou can select up to 1 0 entries in your phone book to dial by voice. Before you can do this, you need to assign each entry a âÂÂvoice tag.â Notes about voice tags ⢠V oice tags can be no longer than 1.5 seconds. ⢠Y ou cannot use voice dial while in a call. â¢S e l e c t Quit to abort recording the voice tag. ⢠Choose a quiet location for recording voice tags. ⢠Unique tags are best. For example, âÂÂJohn Smith, work.â â¢ Avoid pauses or silence as you record the voice tag. ⢠If memory is fu ll, Delete an existing voice tag? appears in the display . Select OK , scroll to locate a tag to delete, and then select Delete . Note: Using voice tags may be difficult in a noisy environment or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice dialing in all circumstances. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 51 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 52 ] Assign a voice tag 1 At the start sc reen, press ei ther scro ll key to display the entries in your phone book. 2 Scroll to the entry you would like to assign a voice tag, and select Details . 3 If the entry has multiple numbers, scroll to the number you wish to tag. 4 Select Options > Add voice tag > Start . 5 After the phone beeps, pronounce the voice tag clearly into the microphone. ⢠If the recording is successful, the voice tag is replayed through the earpiece and a confirmation note appears in the display . ⢠If the recording fails, the phone asks if you want to try again. Select OK to try again or Back to exit. V oice dial a number WITHOUT THE HEADS ET 1 At the start screen, select and hold Names . The phone beeps and Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Within 3 seconds, pronounce the tag into t he microphone. Once the voice tag is recognized , the tagged entry appears in the display , replays through the earpiece, and the number is dial ed. V OICE DIAL WITH THE HEADSET After you have assigned voice tags to those entries you wi sh to dial, you can also voice dial a number using the optional HDC-9P h eadset. 1 At the start screen, press and hold the remote button on the headset. The phone beeps and Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Pronounce the voice tag into the microphone. Once the voice tag is recognized , the tagged entry appears in the display , replays through the earpiece, and the number is dial ed. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 52 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 53 ] A dvanced features Display voice tagged entries 1 At the start screen, select Names > Vo i c e t a g s . 2 The first voice tagged name an d number appear in the display . 3 Press the scroll keys to view other voice tagged entries in alphabetical order . Change or delete a voice tag 1 At the start screen, select Names > Vo i c e t a g s . The first voice tagged entry in your phone book appears in the display . Entries appear in alphabetical order . 2 Scroll to the voice t ag you wish to change or delete; then select Options . 3 Select either Change or Delete . ⢠V OICE COMMANDS Y ou can command your phone to perf orm up to 5 different functions with your voice. V oice command s work similar to voice dialing, so you need to associate a voice tag with each command. Note: V oice commands cannot be used during a call, or when the data cable is attached. Add a voice tag for a command 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice commands . 2 Select one of the following options: Profiles âÂÂActivate up to 5 profiles. V oice mailbox âÂÂDial your voice mailbox. Infr ared âÂÂActivate infrared. Recorder âÂÂRecord a voice memo. 3 Scroll to the profile or command you wish to tag and select Options > Add command > Start . 4 When the phon e beeps, pronounce the voice t ag into the microphone. The phone replays and saves the tag. Note: Do not press Quit unless you want to cancel the recording. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 53 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 54 ] Execute a voice command WITHOUT THE HEADS ET After you have associated a voic e tag with a command, execute the command as follows: 1 At the start screen, select and hold Names . Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Pronounce the tag for one of the five available commands. 3 Found: <command> appears in the display and the command is exec uted. WITH THE HE ADSET After you have associated a voice tag with a command, you can also execute voice commands using the optional HDC-9P headset. 1 At the start screen, press and hold the remote button on the headset. The phone beeps and Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Pronounce the tag for one of the five available commands. Found: <command> appears in the display and the command is performed. Tip: Y ou can also execute voice c ommands by pressing and holding the do wn volume key on the side of the ph one. Change or delete an existing voice command tag 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice commands . 2 Scroll to the voice command you wish to modify; then select Options . 3 Select Chan ge or Delete . a) If you selected Change , select Start ; then record the new tag. b) If you selected Delete , select OK to delete the command. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 54 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 55 ] A dvanced features ⢠V OICE RE CORDER The Nokia 6340i phone can record both voice memos and phone conversations. The total of all reco rdings stored in your phone cannot exceed 3 minutes. If you are running out of memory and try to record, you are as ked to dele te a re cording before proceeding. Record a memo 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Record . After a brief pause, your phone begins recording and a progress bar appears in the display to indicate recorded t ime versus time left. 2 After you finish recording, select Stop , enter a title for the recording, and select OK . View recorded memos From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recordings list . After a brief pause, your oldest reco rded memo appears in the display . Play back a memo 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recordings list . After a brief pause, your oldest re corded memo appears in the display . 2 Scroll to the memo you wish to play and select Options > Playback . The memo begins playing, and a progr ess bar appears in the displ ay indicating the amount of play time left. If necessary , adjust the volume using the side volume key . Play back a memo while in a call Y ou can play back a memo whil e in a ca ll. All participants in the call can then hear the memo as it is played back. 1 While in a call, select Options > Menu . 2 Select the Vo i c e menu; then select V oice reco rder > Recordings list . 3 Scroll to the mem o you wish to play back an d select Options > Playback . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 55 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 56 ] Delete a memo 1 From the menus, select Vo i c e > V oice recorder > Recordings list . After a brief pause, your oldest re corded memo appears in the display . 2 Scroll to the memo you want to delete and select Options > Del ete . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK . The memo is deleted. Record a phon e conversation 1 While in a call, select Options > Record . Y our phone begins recording the conversation. A pr ogress bar and timer appear in the display , indicatin g the amount of time left. Also, a beep sounds every 5 seconds to notify both parties that the conversation is being recorded. 2 Select Stop to end the recording. The recording is saved as the time and date. Note: It may be illegal in some jurisdictions to record a phone conversation without the per mission of all participants. ⢠1-TOUCH DIALING Y ou can associate any entry in your phone book with keys 2 âÂÂ9 ; then dial those entries by pressing and holding the assigned key . Assign a key to 1-touch dialing 1 At the start screen, select Names > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to any empty slot and select Assign . 3 Enter the number (including the area code) and select OK , or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book. 4 Enter a name for the number and select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 56 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 57 ] A dvanced features Make a call with 1-touch dialing Press and hold the key to which an en try has been assigned, o r press the key to which an entry is assigned and then press the Tal k key . Y our phone dials the entry assigned to the key . Change 1-touch dialing numbers 1 At the start screen, select Names > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to the 1-touch dialing location you wish to change and select Options > Change . 3 Enter the new number or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book; then select OK . 4 Enter a name for the entry and select OK . Delete 1-touch dialing numbers 1 At the start screen, select Names > 1-touch dialing . 2 Scroll to the 1-touch dialing location you wish to delete and select Options > Delete . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK to delete the key assignment. ⢠T OUCH TONE STRINGS Y our phone allows you to create spec ial sets of numbers known as touch tone strings which will dial a series of digits after a âÂÂwaitâ or a âÂÂpause.â For example, you can program your phone to send your account number while you are banking by phone. Y ou must be in numeric entry mode to enter these characters. Enter the numbers as usual. When you want to insert th e special characters, press the Star key repeatedly to switch among * , , p, w characters. Note: Use caution when sending confidential information if voice privacy is not active. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 57 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 58 ] p Creates a pause when a number is dialed. The numbers you enter after th is sp ec i al c h ar ac t er are automatically sent as touch ton es after a 2.5-second pause. w Creates a wait when a number is dialed. Y our phone waits for you to press the Left selection key before it sends the number as touch tones. * Sends command strings to the networ k. Contact your service provider for details. Links a 1-touch dialing number to a number in the phone book. Set touch tone length Y ou can also set the length of each touch tone. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone setti ngs > T ouch tone length . 2 Select either Short (0.1 second) or Long (0.5 second). Store touch tone strings Y ou can store touch tone strings the same way that you store names and numbers in your phone book. Y ou can store an entire sequence of digits and send it as touch tones for fre quently used strings of numbers. 1 Enter the phone number that you want associated with a touch tone. 2 Enter the touch tone cha racter w here needed ( p, w , or *). 3 Enter the touch tone string. 4 Store the number as you normally would. ⢠INTERNATIONAL DIALING International numbers require a prefix speci fic to the country from which you are calling . Ensure that your phone al ways has the correct home prefix by doing both of the following. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 58 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 59 ] A dvanced features Save international numbers with a in front Save all international numbers with a plus ( ) in front. For example, a number to Finland fro m the U.S. woul d look as follows: ( 35 8 12345678 9). Set the international prefix 1 From the menus, select Settings > Call settin gs > International prefi x . After a brief pause, an entr y box appears in the display . 2 Enter the prefix specific to the country from which you are calling and select OK . For example, in the United States, enter 0 1 1. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 59 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 60 ] 1 0 Customize your phone Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . The Noki a 6340i pho ne can be easily cu stomized to fit your lifestyle. The display langu age, ringin g tones, audio, and enhan cement settin gs (among others) c an all be modified to suit your needs. It is even po ssible to u se a TTY or TDD device with you r phone in all mo des of operat ion (analog or di gital) . ⢠DISPLAY LANGUAGE 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone setti ngs > Languag e . After a brief pause, Automatic , English , Français , Español , and P ortuguês appear in the display . 2 Select the language of your choice. Note: The language setting affects the time and date formats of the clock, alarm clock, and calendar . ⢠SCREEN SAVER Y ou can set the phone to display a screen saver if the phone is left on for a certain length of time without bein g used. The screen saver displays the time in either analog or digital format. Activate or deactivate 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Screen saver . 2 Select On to activate the screen saver or Off to deactivate. Choose clock format 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Screen saver > Clocks . 2 Select the picture of the clock in either analog or digital format. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 60 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 6 1 ] Customize your phone Set timeout length 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Phone settings > Screen saver > Timeout . 2 Select either 10 s e c o n d s , 30 seco nds , or Other . 3 If you s elected Other , enter the length of the desired timeout in mm:ss format; then select OK . ⢠NETWORK SELECTION When you are out of your home netw ork, you may be able to manually search for another network which ha s a roaming agreement with your home service provider . 1 F rom t he menu s, select Settings > Phone settings > System selection . 2 Select one of the following options: Automat ic âÂÂThe phone selects a network automatically . Manual âÂÂThe phone searches for avai lable networks and displays a list of operator names and codes. Select a network from the list. New search âÂÂThe phone begins a new search for available systems. When it finds the best system available, the phone shows the system name. ⢠PROFILES Profiles def ine how your ph one reacts when you receiv e a call or a message, the sounds your keypad makes when ever you press a key , and more. Ringing options, keypad tones, and other settings for each of the five available profiles can be left at thei r default settings, or customized to suit your needs. Select and customiz e the most suitable profile for your situation, such as when you are in a meeting or outdoors. The following profiles are available: Normal , Silent , Meeting , Outdoor , and P a ger . Profiles are also available for enhancem ents such as a he adset, TTY device, and car kit. See âÂÂEnhancement profilesâ on page 65 for more infor mation about enhancement profiles. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 61 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 62 ] Select a profile 1 From the menus, select Pr ofiles . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the desired profile; then select Select . OR 1 At the start screen, briefly press the power key . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the desired profile. Customize a profile Y ou can customize any of the profiles a variety of ways. 1 From the menus, select Pr ofiles . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the profile you wish to customize; then select Custom ize . The following options are available. Ringing options âÂÂSelect the ringing tone style. Ring ing t one âÂÂSelect the ringing tone for incoming cal ls. Ringing volume âÂÂSet the volume of your ringing tone. Vibrating alert âÂÂT urn the vibrating alert on or off. Message alert tone âÂÂSelect th e tone for received mes sages. Ke y p ad t o n e s âÂÂSet th e volu me of yo ur k eypad to nes (or turn them off). W arning to nes âÂÂT urn war ning and confirmation tones on or off. Aler t for âÂÂDefine which caller groups the selected profile will accept or decline. See âÂÂCaller groupsâ on page 37 for more information. Profile n ame âÂÂRename the profile (up to 16 characters). Y ou cann ot rename the Normal profile. 3 Select the option that you want to customize and follow the prompts. Note: The same options (except Profi le name ) are available in the T one settings submenu of t he Setting s menu. If you use the Settings menu to set these options, they apply only to the Normal profile. They do not override the settings for any other profile. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 62 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 63 ] Customize your phone Set a timed profile Timed profiles can be used to prevent missed calls. For example, suppose you attend an event that requires your phone be set to Silent before the event starts, but you forget to return it to Normal until long after the event. During this time, you have mis sed several calls because the ringing tone was silent. A timed pr ofile can preven t this by autom atically r eturning your phone to the default profile at a time you specify . Note: Timed profiles can be set up to 24 hours in advance. 1 From the menus, select Pr ofiles . After a brief pause, the list of profiles appears in the display . 2 Select the profile you wish to acti vate and set for timed expiration; then select Timed . 3 Enter the time for the profile to expire and select OK . The profile you have set for expirat ion is now active and appears in the start screen along with a small clock icon. ⢠ACCESSIBILITY OPTIONS TTY users Y our Nokia 6340i phone is compliant with TTY devices in all modes . Note: TTY/TDD is a network dependent feature. Check with your wireless provider for availability and description of services. In addition to your phone, yo u need the fol lowin g for TTY com munication : ⢠A TTY device that is cellular ready or cellular compatible ⢠A cable for connecting the TTY to your phone; usually supplied by the manufacturer of the TTY device ⢠The Nokia TTY adapter HDA-8, which can be purchased as an enhancement 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 63 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 64 ] Note: The Nokia TTY ada pter HDA-8 is for use with compatib le T TY devices and headsets only . Please ch eck your TTY device or he ad s et to ensure that t he conn ection is com patible. Nokia orig inal he ad s et s attach directly to the phone and do not require this adapter . Nokia does not endorse, warrant, or auth orize use of any enhancements not manufactured or licensed by Nokia. Connect TTY hardware The TTY device comes with a cabl e. 1 Plug the larger end of this cable into the input jack on the TTY . 2 Plug the other end of the cable into the TTY adapter HDA-8. 3 Plug the HDA-8 into the connector on th e bottom of your phone. Make a call with TTY Note: Y ou must have an enhancement attached to your phone prior to selecting the Accessory settings menu. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Accessor y settin gs > TTY/TDD > Use TTY > Y es . After a brief pause, a confirmation message appears in the display . Note: After selecting Ye s , this becomes the default and you will not have to do it again unless you turn TTY/TDD off. 2 Press the End ke y to return to the start screen. 3 Enter the number you wish to call (on the phone) and press the Ta l k key . 4 When the receiving party answers, begin typing your conversation on the TTY . Cable TTY HDA-8 1 3 2 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 64 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 65 ] Customize your phone End a TTY call Press the End key on the phone Receive a TTY call 1 Make sure the TTY and phone are connected. 2 When the phone vibrates (if vibrate is on), press the Tal k key to answer the call; then type your response on the TTY . 3 T o hang up, press the End key on the phone. ⢠ENHANCEMENT PROFILES Note: Y ou must have an enha ncement (such as a loopset) attached to your phone prior to selecting the Access ory sett ings menu. T o select and customize profiles for use with the headset, handsfree device (car kit), loopset, and T TY/TDD: 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Accessor y setti ngs . After a brief pause, the list of enhancement profiles appears in the display . 2 Select one of the follow ing enhancement profiles: Headset , Loopset , TTY/TDD , or Hands free . Headset options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when a headset is connected. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a headset is connected. Scroll to On or Off and press Select . Handsfree options Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connected t o a car kit. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a car kit is connected. Select On or Off . Lights âÂÂChoose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Select On or Automat ic . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 65 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 66 ] Loopset options Use loopsetâ Enable use of the LPS-1 mobile inductive loopset. Select Ye s or No . Default profile âÂÂChoose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when a loopset is connected. Automatic answer âÂÂCalls are answered aut omatically after one ring when a loopset is connected. Select On or Off . TTY/TDD option Use TTY âÂÂEnable the use of a TTY/TDD device. Select Ye s or No . Note: If the loopset is enabled, you are asked to disable the loopset before enabling TTY/TDD. Select Ye s to disabl e the loopset (thus enabling TTY/TDD). Select No to leave the loopset enabled. ⢠OPTIONAL HEADSETS The HDC-9P and HDE-1 he adsets can be purchased separately as enhancement s . Connect the headset 1 Insert the headset plug into the enhancement connection on the bottom end of your phone. 2 Place the round earbud in your ear . With the headset conn ected, you can make, answer , and end calls as usual. ⢠Use the keypad to enter numbers. ⢠Press the Ta l k key to place a call. ⢠Press the End key to end a call. When in use, the headset microphone hangs at the side of your head. Although it may seem far from your mouth, you can speak at normal volume. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 66 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 67 ] Customize your phone HDC-9P headset voice dialing Once you have set up voice tagged entries in your phone book, you can mak e a ca ll with the HDC- 9P headset by sim ply pressing an d holding t he re mo t e bu tt o n on the microphone. See â Assign a voice tagâ on page 52 for information on setting up voice tags. 1 At the start screen, press and hold the remote button on the headset. Y our phone beeps and Please spe ak now appears in the display . 2 Within 3 seconds, pronounce the voice tag into th e microphone. Once the voice tag is recognized , the tagged entry appears in the display , replays through the earpiece, and the number is dial ed. ⢠AUDIO SETTINGS Much like a stereo, your phone audi o can be cu stomized . Y ou c a n c ho o s e from a list of four equalizer presets or create up to two custom sets of your own. Activate an equalizer set 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > Equalizer . After a brief pause, the following eq ualizer sets appear in the display: Normal âÂÂSwitc hes the equal izer off. Bright âÂÂAmplifies higher frequencies. Dark âÂÂAmplifies lower frequencies. Loudness âÂÂAmplifies both higher an d lower frequencies. Set 1 âÂÂLets you customize an equalizer set ting. Set 2 âÂÂLets you customize an equalizer set ting. 2 Select the equalizer set of your choice. If you s elected Normal , Bright , Dark , or Loudne ss , a confirmation message appears and the equa lizer set is activated. If you s elected Se t 1 or Set 2 , a list of options appears. Select Activate to activate the equalizer set. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 67 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 68 ] Create a custom equalizer set 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Call settings > Equalizer . After a brief pause, a list of equa lizer sets appears in the display . 2 Select Set 1 or Set 2 ; then s elect Edit . Set 1 or Set 2 appears in the display with the bar on the far left highlighted. The bars adjust frequencies, from the lowest (the leftmost bar) to the highest (the rightmost bar). The higher the indicator on a particular bar , the more th at frequency is amplified. 3 T o adjust the lowest frequency , select Adjust, use the scroll keys to move the indicator up and down on the bar; then press Save to finish. 4 T o adjust other frequencie s, use the Down scroll key to move to th e next bar to the right, and the Up scrol l key to move to the left. 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 to adjust the setting for each frequency . 6 When yo u are finished, select Bac k . 7 T o activate the setting, select Activate . OR T o rename the setting, select Renam e . Choose an equalizer set while in a call 1 While in a call, select Options > Equalizer . 2 Scroll to one of the six equalizer settings and select Activate . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 68 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 69 ] Customize your phone ⢠DOWNLOAD A RINGING TONE In addition to 30 ringin g tones that come with your pho ne, you can download up to 1 0 more over the Internet or have them sent to your phone using SMS. Y ou can also create ringing to nes of your own and send them to your phone or other compatible phones using Nokia PC Suite. For more information on PC Suite, see the P C Connectivity Guide. Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your network operator or wireless prov ider . Only phones that off er download features can receive ringing tones. Contact your wireless provider for details. When you receive a ringing tone, Ringing tone received appears in the display . Listen to the tone 1 Select Options > P layback . 2 T o stop playing the tone, select Quit or press the End key . Discard the tone Select Options > Discard . Save the tone 1 Select Options > Save . 2 Scroll to an available slot and select Replace . ⢠RESTORE FACTORY SETTINGS Y ou can return the phone settings to their original state. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Restore fac tory settings . 2 Enter the security code and select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 69 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 7 0 ] 1 1 Phone security Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can lock your keypad, restrict sele cted calls, and use security codes to secure your phone against a ccidental or unauthorized use. ⢠LOCK AND UNLOCK THE KEYPAD (K EYGUARD) Remember to lock the phone keypad to preven t accidental calls. If the keypad is locked, it unlocks when you receive a call. After the call the lock automatically reactivates. Note: When K eyguard is on, calls may be possible to di al emergenc y numbers (for example, 9 1 1 or othe r official emergency numbers). K ey in the emergency number and press the Tal k key . The number is displayed only after you ha ve keyed in its last digit. Lock the keypad (K eyguard) At the start screen, select Menu and pres s the Star key . K eys locked appears in the display . Unlock the keypad At the start screen, select Unlock and press the Star key . K eys unlocked appears in the display . ⢠SECUR ITY LEVELS The security level determines your a ccess to features when a nonowner SIM card is used. A nonowner SIM card is one (other than the original) that is inserted after you power off the phone. Regardless of the security level selected, calls still may be possible to the official emergency number programmed into your phone. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 70 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 7 1 ] Phone security 1 From the menus, select Settings > Security settings > Securi ty level . After a brief pause, you are prompt ed to enter the security code. The default code is 12345. Nokia recommends that you change the code as soon as possible. 2 Enter the security code and select OK . 3 Select one of the following options: Off âÂÂOwner a nd nonowner cards are trea ted the same. Memor y âÂÂNonowner cards can access SI M memory . Any changes to the memory setting requires the se curity code. The owner card has access to all features, but the securi ty code is required to change a memory setting. Phone âÂÂThe security code is required upon power-up. ⢠FIXED DIALING Once you set up and activate a fixe d dialing list, your phone can make calls only to those numbers that you have defined in the fixed dial ing list. Fixed dialing is a network feature and must be supported by your wireless provider . Note: With fixed dialing activated, calls still may be possible to the official emergency number programmed into your phone. Set up and activate Note: If you activate fixed di aling an d the number list is empty , all outgoing calls, except for emergency number s such as 9 1 1, require entry of the PIN2 code. 1 From the menus, select Settings > Security Settings > Fixed dialing . The options in the following table appear in the display: On âÂÂActivate fixed dialing (see âÂÂNotesâ on page 72 ). Off âÂÂDeactivate fixed d ialing. Number list âÂÂView the numbers in your fixed dialing list. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 71 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 72 ] 2 Select Number list . Fixed dialing not active and then Fixed dialin g list empty appear in the display . Y ou are then prompted to enter the PIN2 code. 3 Enter the PIN2 code and select OK . 4 Enter the fixed dialing number or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book; then select OK . 5 Enter a name for the number and select OK . A confirmation note appears in the display and you are returned to the fixed dialing number list. 6 Select Back > On to activate fixed dialing. View or edit 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Security Settings > Fixed dialing > Nu mber list . Y ou are prompted to enter the PIN2 code. 2 Enter the PIN2 code and select OK . 3 Any numbers which you have assign ed to fixed dialing appear in the display . 4 Scroll to a number and select Options . 5 Select one of the following options: View number âÂÂView the number for an entry . Add âÂÂAdd a number to your fixed dialing list. Edit âÂÂEdit the h ighlighted entry . Delete âÂÂDelete the highlighted entry . Delete all âÂÂDelete all entries in your fixed dialing list. Notes ⢠If a SIM card with fixed dialing activated is i nserted into a phone that does not support fixed dialing, the SIM card is rejected. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 72 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 73 ] Phone security ⢠If you try to add a name (without a number) to the fixed dialing list, you receive an error message. ⢠If you try to browse the fixed dialing list, but have not stored any numbers, Fixed dialing list empty appears in the display . ⢠Y ou cannot access SIM memory manua lly (view or copy numbers on the SIM card) while fixed dialing is active. ⢠ACCESS CODES Use access codes to change your secu rity code, PIN code , and PIN2 code. Note: Avoid using codes similar to emergency number s such as 9 1 1 to prevent accidental dialing of the emergency number . Security code The security code controls access to fe atures such as the security level and is supplied with the phone. The preset code is 12345. Note: If you enter the wron g security code five times in succession, you will not be able to enter a code for five minutes, even if you power off the phone between incorrect entries. Once you change the security code fr om its preset of 12345, keep the new code secret, and in a sa fe place separate from your phone. Use this procedure to change your security code. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Securit y settings > Access codes > Change security code . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current security code (default is 12345). 2 Enter the current sec urity code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new security code. 3 Enter the new security code (up to 1 0 characters) and select OK . Y ou are prompted to reenter the new security code for verification. 4 Enter the new security code again and select OK . A message appears confirming your security code has been changed. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 73 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 74 ] PIN code The PIN code protects the SIM card from unauthor ized access. The PIN code can be 4âÂÂ8 digits in length. After thre e successive incorrect entries the PIN code is blocked and you are aske d to enter the personal unblocking key (PUK) code. Note: The PIN code must be obtained from your wireless provider . The PIN code is ty pically provided with your SIM card. ENABLE PIN CODE REQUEST Y ou can enable your phone to request the PIN code upon power-up. This provides extra security in ca se your phone is lost or stolen. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Security settings > PIN code request . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current PIN code. 2 Enter the PIN code and select OK . 3 Scroll to On and se lect OK . A message appears in the display confirming your selection. CHANGE YOUR PIN CODE Before you can change your PIN code, you must enable PIN code request . See âÂÂEnable PIN code requestâ on page 74. 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Security settings > Ac cess codes > Change PIN code . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the current PIN code. 2 Enter the PIN code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new PIN code. 3 Enter the new PIN code and select OK . Y ou are prompted to reenter the new PIN code for verification. 4 Enter the new PIN code again and select OK . A message appears confirming your PIN code has been changed. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 74 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 75 ] Phone security PIN2 Code The PIN2 code is required for features such as fixed dialing. If you enter an incorrect PIN2 code three times in succession, the PIN2 code is blocked and you have to enter the PUK2 code. Note: The original PIN2 code must be obtained from your wireless provider . 1 From the men us, select Settin gs > Security settings > Access codes > Change PIN2 code . Y ou are prompted to enter the current PIN2 code. 2 Enter the current PIN2 c ode and select OK . Y ou are prompted to enter the new PIN2 code. 3 Enter the new PIN2 code and select OK . Y ou are aske d to verify the new PI N2 code by entering it again. 4 Enter the new PIN2 code again and select OK . A message appears confi rming that you have changed the PIN2 code. PUK (personal unblocking key) codes PUK and PUK2 codes are used to restore blocked PIN and PIN2 codes. Both PUK and PUK2 codes are eight characters in length and cannot be changed. PUK and PUK2 codes must be obtained from your wireless provider . Note: If you enter an incorrect PUK or PUK2 code 1 0 times in succession, the message SIM reject ed appears in the display an d the S IM card can no lo nger be used. Y ou must contact your wi re l es s provider for a new SIM card. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 75 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 76 ] 12 Messages Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . If you subscribe to a me ssage service, you can send and receive messages to compatible phones that also have a message service. Y ou can also send and receive picture messages and e-mail if supported by your network. Composed mes sag es can be up to 160 c harac ters i n lengt h. Note: When sending messages, your device may display the words âÂÂMessage Sent.â This is an indication that the message has bee n sent by your device to the message center number programm ed into your device. This is n ot an i ndication that the message has been received at the intended destination. For more details about messagin g services , chec k with your service provider . ⢠BEFORE YOU CAN SEND AND RECEIVE MESSAGES Y ou need the following to send and receive messages: ⢠A messaging service th roug h your wireless provider ⢠A message center number , which must be saved to your phone (if your wireless provider has not done so already) ⢠LINKED MESSAGES Y our phone can receive one long message (up to 459 characters) in sequences. Y ou can start reading th e first part before the phone has received the entire message. While viewing the mes sage, you may see *some text missing* on the display . This is normal, and the mess age content will be updated as soon as the mi ssing s equence arrives. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 76 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 77 ] Messages If the memory is full, you may have to delete a message fr om your inbox or outbox before your phone ca n update the missing text . See âÂÂD elete messagesâ on page 86. ⢠FONT SIZE FOR MESSAGES Y ou can choose whether messages appear in the display in large or small font. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Message setting s > Font size . 2 Select either Small font or Large font . ⢠MESSAGE ICONS Icons that precede the title of a message indicate the following: ⢠SAVE YOUR MESSAGE CENTER NUMBER Messages sent by your phone are routed through your wireless providerâ s message center . Normally , this number is saved to your phone by your wireless provider . T o save the number manually , do the following: 1 From the menus, select Messages > Mess age set tings > Sending profile > Default profile > Message center number . 2 If the box in the display is empty , enter the number given by your wireless provider and select OK . OR If the box is full, leave the number as it is and select OK . The message h as not been read. The message h as been re ad. A message (which you have composed) has not been sent. i The message is a delivery report. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 77 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 78 ] ⢠WRITE AND SEND A MESSAGE 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Compose a message using the keypad and select Opti ons > Send . 3 Enter the recipientâ s phone number , or select Find to retrie ve a number from your phone book; then select OK . The message is sent. ⢠READ MESSAGES When you receive a message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display as well as the unopened letter icon ( ). 1 Select Show to read the message, or select Exit to move the message to your inbox. 2 If you have more than one message, scroll to the message of your choice and select Select to view the message. 3 Use the scroll keys to view th e whole message if necessary . Tip: Ke ep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 4 Once you are finished, select Back to move the message to the inbox, or select Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward . Note: When you have unopened me ssages in your inbox, is shown in the upper left corner of the start screen as a reminder . ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE 1 While viewing a message, select Options > Reply . 2 Select one of the following reply options: â¢E m p t y s c r e e n ⢠Orig inal t ext ⢠T emplate 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 78 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 79 ] Messages â¢Y e s â¢N o â¢O K ⢠Thank you ⢠Congrats ⢠Hap py birthday ⢠I love you too ⢠Hugs and kisses ⢠Sorry ⢠Sorry IâÂÂm late 3 Enter your reply; then select Options > Send . The number of the original sender appears in the display . 4 Select OK . Y our reply is sent. ⢠FORWARD A MESSAGE 1 While viewing a message, select Options > Forwa rd . 2 Enter the recipientâ s phone number (or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book); then select OK . The message is forwarded. â¢E - M A I L Y ou can send e-mail up to 160 characters in length to anyone with an e-mail address. Contact your wireless provider for your e-mail server number . The e-mail address is included in the total character co u nt f o r a n e- ma i l message, which is 160 characters. Le a ve enough space for the e-mail address while compo sing your message or you will be t ak en ba ck t o t he editor , where you will have to de lete some text before sending. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 79 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 80 ] Using special (Unicode) characters such as ë, â, á, ì ta kes up more spa ce. If there are special characters in your message, the indicator may not show the message length correctly . Service providers may customize the SMS message settings interface. For more details about SMS services, ple ase contact your service provider . Note: Y ou cannot send picture messages with e-mail. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write e-mail . 2 Enter the e-mail address (or select Find and retrieve it from your phone book) and select OK . 3 Enter the subject of the e-mail and select OK . 4 Enter the text of the e-mail and select Opti ons > Send e-mail . 5 If the e-mail server number shown in the display is correct, select OK . OR If the number is blank or incorrec t, enter or edit the number; then select OK . The e-mail is sent. ⢠PICTURE MESSAGES The Nokia 6340i phone comes with 1 0 preloaded pictures and 5 empty storage slots (15 total). Y ou can, however , overwrite any of the 1 0 pictures that come with your phone. Picture s can be attached to a message and sent using SMS to compatible phones . Y o u cannot send a picture message using e-mail. Picture messages behave the sa me as text messages , but pictures take up more spac e than text. Pictures are stor ed in the templates folder under Messages > T emplates . Download pictures The Nokia 6340i phone can download pictures, or receive them from compatible phones using SMS to use in messages. Y ou can also create pictures and send them to your phone or other compatible phones using Nokia PC Suite. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 80 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 8 1 ] Messages Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your network operator or wireless prov ider . Only phones that off er picture message featu res can receive and displ ay pictu re messages. Contact your wireless provider for details. Receive a picture message When you receive a pict ure message, your phone beeps and Message received appears in the display as well as the unopened letter icon ( ). 1 Select Show to read the message, or select Exit t o move the message to your inbox. 2 If you have more than one message, scroll to the message of your choice and select Select to view the message. 3 Use the scroll keys to view th e whole message if necessary . Tip: Ke ep scrolling to view other information, such as the sender number and time the message was sent. 4 When you are finished, select Back to move the message to the inbox, or select Options for other choices, such as Reply or Forward . Note: When you have unopened me ssages in your inbox, is shown in the upper left corner of the start screen as a reminder . Save the picture Y ou can save the picture to yo u r templates folder for later use. 1 With the message open select Options > Sav e ; then select OK . Note: If your templates folder is full of pictures, scroll to a picture you want to replace and select Select . Compose and send a picture message One picture message is equivalent in size (and cos t) to 3 text messages . When you attach a picture to a message, you have enough remaining space for about 12 1 characters in th e message. If you try to attach a picture to a message which is almost full of text, a beep sounds and you are prompted to delete some text before proceeding. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 81 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 82 ] Tip: Attach pictures before adding text. Y ou can then check remaining space for text in the upper right corner of the display . 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write message . After a brief pause, the message e dit screen appears in the display . 2 Enter a message (or enter nothing if you choose), and select Options > Attach pi ctur e. A list of pictures appears in the display . 3 Scroll to a picture and select View . 4 Select Attach to insert the picture into your message, or select Back to return to the list of pictures. 5 T o send the pict ure message, select Options > Send . 6 Enter the phone number f or your recipient (or select Find to re triev e a number from your phone book); then select OK . The message is sent. Preview , change, or de lete a picture message 1 After a picture has been attach ed to your message , select Options at the message ed it scree n. 2 Select one of the following options: Previewâ Preview the attached messag e before sending. Select Back to return to the list of options. Change picture âÂÂReturn to the picture list. Scroll to highlight a new picture; then select View > Attach to replace the previous picture in your message. Delete pictureâ Select OK to delete the picture from your message, or select Back to return to the list of options. ⢠T EMPLATES T emplates are short, prewri tten messa ges which can be recalled and sent as original messages or used as a quick reply . Y ou can also customize and save an existing template or create a new one. T emplates are stored in the templates folder . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 82 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 83 ] Messages Send a template message 1 From the menus, select Messages > T emplates . Af te r a brief pause, the template s folder opens to display a list of templates. 2 Select one of the following templates: ⢠Please call ⢠IâÂÂm at home. Please call ⢠IâÂÂm at work. Please ca ll ⢠IâÂÂm in a meeting, call me later at ⢠Meeting is canceled. ⢠I am late. I will be there at â¢S e e y o u i n â¢S e e y o u a t ⢠Sorry , I canâÂÂt help you on this. ⢠I will be ar riving at Note: Pictures are also stored in the templates folder . 3 T o send the template as it is, go to step 1 1. 4 T o modify the template before sending, select Options > Edi t . 5 Select either As text msg or As e-mail . Y ou are taken to the message edit display . 6 Edit the template as you choose. 7 T o send the message without sa ving the changed template, go to step 11 . 8 T o save the template be fore sending, select Options > Save message . Replace original? appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 83 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 84 ] 9 Select Ye s to save over the template, or select No t o s a v e i t a s a n e w template to a folder of your choice. A confirmation message appears br iefly; then the folder where you saved the message appears wi th the message highlighted. 10 Select Select . 11 Select Options > Send . 12 Select either As text msg or As e-mail . 13 Enter the recipientâÂÂs number (or press Find to retrieve a number from your phone book); then select OK . The template message is sent. Insert a template into a message Y ou can insert a template into a message that you are composing. 1 While composing a message, select Options > Use template . 2 Select the template you want to insert. The template is inserted. Create a custom template 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Compose your custom template and select Options > Sa ve messag e > T emplates . The message is saved as a template. ⢠ORGANIZE MESSAGES WITH FOLDERS Folders Inbox âÂÂMessages are automatically stored in the inbox after they have been read or if you press the End key whe n Mess age receiv ed appears on the start screen. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 84 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 85 ] Messages Outbox âÂÂMessages that you have cr eated but not sent are automatically stored in the outb ox . Archive âÂÂStore messages that have been read in the archive folder . Te m p la t e s âÂÂPictures and prewritten templates are stored in the templates folder . Preloaded templates can be edited and customized. My folders K eep your messages organized by creating custom folders and saving some of your messages there. ADD A FOLDER OF YOUR OWN 1 From the menus, select Messages > My fold ers > Options > Add folder . 2 Enter a name for the new folder and select OK . The folder is added. REMOVE A FOLDER Only folders created in My folders can be deleted. The inbox, outbox, archive, and templates folders are protected. When you delet e a folder , all messages in the folder are also deleted. 1 From the menus, select Messages > My fold ers . 2 Scroll to the folder you wish to remove and select Options > Delete fol der . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 3 Select OK to delete or Back to exit. Move a message to a folder 1 While viewing the mes sage, select Options > Move . 2 Select the destination folder . The message is moved into the destination folder . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 85 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 86 ] Save messages to folders Y ou can save messages to an existing folder or to a folder that you have created. 1 From the menus, select Messages > Write message . After a brief pause, the message en try screen appears in the display . 2 Write your message and select Options > Save message . 3 Select the folder where you want to save the message. The message is saved. View saved messages 1 From the menus, select Messages , then select the folder containing the message you want to view . 2 When the folder opens, select th e message you want to view . ⢠DELETE MESSAGES If your message memory is full and you have more messages waiting at the network, blinks in the start screen. Y ou can do the following to create more spa ce: ⢠Read some of the unread messages and delete them. ⢠Delete some of the messages from your folders. A single message T o delete a single message, you need to open it first. 1 From the menus, select Messages ; then select the folder containing the message you wish to delete. A list of messages appears in the display . 2 Select the message you wish to delete. The message opens. 3 Select Options > Delete . Y ou are asked to confirm the deletion. 4 Select OK to delete the message. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 86 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 87 ] Messages All messages in a folder 1 From the menus, select Messages > Delete messages . 2 Select the folder containing the mess ages that you wish to delete, or select All messages . W arning: If you sele ct All me ssages , it deletes any messages which have been read in all of the folders. Y ou are asked to confirm the delet ion. 3 Select OK to delete or Back to exit. If there are unread messages in the selected folder or folders, you are asked whether you want to de lete unread messages also. 4 Select Ye s to delete unrea d messages, or No to keep them. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 87 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 88 ] 13 Organizer Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions unless otherwise noted. Do not sw itch on the phone when the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . The Nokia 6340i phone has many useful fe atures for organizing your everyday life, includin g a calendar , to-d o list, and alarm clock. It also has a calculator that can easily conver t domestic and for eign curre ncy , plus a new feature called W allet for making purchases onli ne. In this cha pter you wil l learn how to us e your phone as a person al digi tal assistant. ⢠CALENDAR The calendar keeps track of reminders , calls you need to make, meetings, and birthdays. It can even sound an alarm for any of these events. Open the calendar From the menus, select Organizer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display with the current date highlighted by a black box. Four-way scrolling Y ou can move the cursor in some calendar views using the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys much the same as a joystick. Monthly view Scroll up Scroll right Scroll left Scroll down 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 88 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 89 ] Organizer Monthly view The monthly view provides an overview of th e selected month and weeks. It also allows you to jump to a specific date. Any days that appear in bold font contain calendar notes su ch as a meeting or reminder . Jump to a date 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . 2 Select Options > Go to date . 3 Enter the date (for example, 05/30/2003) and select OK . The monthly view ap pears in the disp l ay with t he jump date highlighted. Make a note for a specific date Y ou can choose from four types of notes: Meeting , Call , Bi rthday , and Memo . The phone asks for further information depending on which note you choose. Y ou also have the option to set an alarm for any note that you select. 1 Jump to the date for wh ich you want to make a note. 2 From the monthly view with the jump date highlighted, select Options > Ma ke a note ; then select one of the following note types: Meeting prompts you to enter a subject, a location, and a start/end time. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Call prompts you to enter a phone number , a name, and the time. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Birth day prompts you to en ter the personâ s name and year of birth. Y ou are then given the option to set an alarm. Memo prompts you to enter a subject and an end date. Y ou are then given the opt ion to set an alarm. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 89 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 90 ] 3 Enter the note and select Options > S av e . 4 Enter the information requested by the prompts. View calendar n otes (day view) After you have created some calendar n otes, you can view them as follows: 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Ca lendar . After a brief pause, the monthly vi ew appears in the display with the current date highlighted. Any dates that contain calendar notes are in bold font. 2 Jump or scroll to the date containing the notes you wish to view . 3 Select Options > View day . Any notes you have for the day appear in a list format. 4 Scroll to the desired note and select Options > View . The body of the note appears in the display . Calendar note options Select Options while viewi ng a dayâ s notes to d isplay the fo llowing option s: View âÂÂView the full note (available only while viewing the header). Make a no te âÂÂMake another note for the selected date (available only while viewing the header). Delete âÂÂDelet e the note. Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Move âÂÂMove the note to another date on your calendar . Repeat âÂÂEnable the note to recur on a regular basis (daily , weekly , biweekly , monthly , and yearly). Go to date âÂÂJump to another date on your calendar (available only while viewing the header). 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 90 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 9 1 ] Organizer Send note âÂÂSend th e note to another device using IR or SMS as text or in vCal format. Copy âÂÂCopy the note. Y ou can then paste the note to another date. Settings âÂÂSet the date and time, date and time format, the day each week starts, and whether you want yo ur notes to autodelete after a specified time. Send and receive calendar notes SEND A NOTE TO ANOTHE R DEVICE Note: If sending using IR, ensure the other device is set to receive data using IR. For more informat ion on enabling the receiving device IR, refer to the user guide for the receiving device. 1 From the menus, select Organ izer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . Days containing notes are in bold font. 2 Jump or scroll to the date containing the note you wish to send. 3 Select Options > View day . 4 Scroll to the note you wish to sen d and select Options > Send note . 5 Select either Via infrared , As note , or As text ms g . 6 If you s elected Via infrared , align the infrared ports of both devices and select Select . The note is sent. 7 If you s elected As note , enter the number for the recipient or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book, and select OK . The note is sent. 8 If you s elected As text msg , the note appears in the displ ay . 9 Select Options > S end . 10 Enter the number for the recipient or select Find to retrieve a number from the phone book, and select OK . The note is sent. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 91 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 92 ] RECEIVE CALENDAR NOTE S FROM ANOTHER DEVICE When you receive a c alendar note, your phone displays Calendar note received . Y ou can then save the not e in your calendar and set an alarm for any date and time. VIEW RECEIVED CALENDAR NOTES 1 When your phone displays Calendar note received , select Show . The text of the note appears in the display . 2 Use the scroll keys to view the entire message, if necessary . SAVE RECEIVED CALENDAR NOTES After viewing the calendar note , se lect Options > Save . DISCARD VIEWED CALENDAR N OTES After viewing the calendar note, select Options > Discard . ⢠T O-DO LIST Y ou can keep track of your tasks w ith the to-do list feature. Y o u may be able to save up to 30 notes, depend ing on their length. T o-do notes are not related to specific dates. Add a to-do note 1 From the menus, select Organ izer > T o - do list > Options > Add . 2 Enter the to-do note and sel ect Options > Save . 3 Select either High , Medium , or Low priority . The to-do note is saved. View a to - do note 1 From the menus, select Organ izer > T o - do list. 2 Scroll to a to-do note and select Options > View . The to-do note appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 92 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 93 ] Organizer T o-do note options Select Options while viewing the header or body of a particular note and the following options appear: View âÂÂVie w the sele cted note (a va ilab le only in header view). Add âÂÂCreate a note. Delete âÂÂDelete a note. Edit âÂÂModify the contents of a note. Edit priority âÂÂChange the priority of a note to high, medium, or low . Go to priority âÂÂView notes for a specific priorit y level, such as al l of your High priority notes. Save to calend. âÂÂSave the to-do note as a calendar note. Send as text âÂÂSend the note as a text message to another phone. ⢠W ALLET W allet allows y ou to stor e person al infor mation, su c h a s de b i t and credit card inform ation, to an encrypted area of phone memory . This in fo rm a ti on can then be used to make fast, se cu r e p ur ch a s e s online. Online purchase capabilities are dependent upon your wireless provider . Y ou can also store important information in a W allet personal note. Security features such as a password and data encryption make it ideal for storing personal information such as PIN codes and other sensitive data. See âÂÂCompose a personal noteâ on page 97 for more information about composing a personal note in W allet. Note: This section focuses mainly on W allet setup. After you have entered the necessary credit, de bit, and other information into W allet, see âÂÂOnline purchasesâ on page 11 4 for instructions on using W allet for transactions with your W AP browser . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 93 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 94 ] Security T o protect yourself against unauthori zed use of W allet c ontent, you can require a code to be entered each time you use W allet. See â Activate or deactivate code requestâ on page 95 for instructions. Time-out If W allet is open for longer th an 5 minutes without any user interaction (keypresses), a query appears in the display asking if you would like to keep W allet open, or exit. If you do not respond within 5 seconds, W allet closes and your phone returns to the start screen. Create a W allet code The first time you access W allet, you are asked to create a personalized W allet code. The W allet code can be 4âÂÂ1 0 digits in length. 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter a W allet code. 2 Enter the 4âÂÂ1 0 digit code of your choice and select OK . W allet prompts you to verify th e code. 3 Enter the code again and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming you have created a W allet code. Note: Create a code that is un ique, yet easy to remember . This will be your key to using W allet features in the future. K e ep your W allet code in a secret place, separate from your phone. Change your W allet code 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your W allet code. 2 Enter your W allet code and select OK > Settings > Change code . 3 Enter the original W allet code and select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 94 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 95 ] Organizer 4 Enter the new W allet code and select OK . 5 Enter the new W a llet code again for verification and select OK . A message appears in the display confirming your change. Activate or deacti vate code request T o protect yourself against unauthori zed use of W allet c ontent, you can requ ire the W all et co de to be ent ered each time you use W a llet. 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . 2 After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your W allet code. 3 Enter your W allet code and select OK > Settin gs > Code request . 4 Y ou are prompted to enter the W allet code. 5 Enter the W allet code and select OK . 6 Select On to activate or Off to deactivate. A message appears in the display co nfirming you have activated or deactivated code request. Reset the W allet code If you forget the Wallet code and wish to delete all the information stored in W allet, follow these steps. W arning: Once you reset the W allet code and clear the contents of W allet, all of the information is deleted. Y ou must manually enter the information to restore it. 1 At the start screen, enter *#3925538# (or *#ewallet# ). A message appears asking if you wa nt to delete your Wallet content and code. 2 If you want to permanently delete your W allet code and its contents, select OK . 3 Enter the security code and select OK . Y our Wa llet code and content are deleted. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 95 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 96 ] Create a W allet card W allet cards contain data entry fie lds for shipping, billing, receipt, and card information. W allet can hold up to five credit card sets. 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . After a brief pause, you are pr ompted to enter the W allet code. 2 Enter the W allet code and select OK > Cards . 3 Scroll to a card and select Options > View ; then select one of the following options: Card info âÂÂEnter the card holder , type, number , verification value, expiration day , expiration month, and expiration year . User info âÂÂEnter your user name and password. Ship ping info âÂÂEnter your first, middle, and last name, company name and street address 1, street ad dress 2, city , state, zip code, and country , phone number , and e-mail addr ess. Billing info âÂÂEnter your first, middle, last name, company name and street address 1, street address 2, city , state, zip code, country , phone number , and e-mail address. Receipt info âÂÂEnter the receipt to phone number and receipt to e-mail address. W allet card options In the li st of wallet cards , scroll to a card that you have cr eated and select Options to displa y the following options: ViewâÂÂView details of the selected card. Copy card âÂÂMake a copy of the card with a different name. Clear card âÂÂClear t he contents of the ca rd. Rename card âÂÂRename the card. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 96 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 97 ] Organizer Compose a personal note W allet can store up to 30 personal notes, such as passcodes or other sensitive data. Y our notes are protec ted by the W allet security feature. 1 From the menus, select Organizer > W allet . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter your W allet code. 2 Enter your W allet code and select OK > P ersonal notes > Add new . 3 Compose your note and select Options > Save . 4 Enter a title for the note and select Options > Save . Y our note is saved. OPTIONS WHILE COMPOSING A NOTE Select Options while composing a note to display the following options: Save âÂÂSave the note. Edit word âÂÂIf you are in predictive text mod e, use this option to edit the word you are currently composing in standard mode. Insert word âÂÂIf you are in predictive text, use this options to create a word in standard mode and insert it into the note. Insert symbol âÂÂDisplay a list of special charac ters to insert into the note. Predictive text âÂÂT urn on predictive text for the available langu ages. Matches âÂÂDisplay a list of possible matches for the word you are composing in predictive text. Note: If predictive text is off, only Save and Pre dictive te xt are available. OPTIONS WHILE VIEWING THE NOTES LIS T 1 Select P ersonal notes from the W allet main menu. The headers of the notes you have composed appear in the display . 2 Scroll to a note header and select Optio ns ; then select one of the following: View âÂÂView the contents of the selected note. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 97 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 98 ] Edit âÂÂEdit the contents of the selected note. Add new âÂÂCompose and save a new note. Sort âÂÂSort the list of notes by name or date. Delete âÂÂDelet e the sele cted note. Delete all âÂÂDelete all note s. OPTIONS WHILE VIEWING A NOTE While viewing a personal note, select Options ; then select one of the following: Edit âÂÂEdit the note. Send as text âÂÂSend the note to a compatible phone using SMS. Copy to calend. âÂÂCopy the note to any date on your calendar . Use detail âÂÂCapture any phone numbers, e-mail addresses, or web addresses within the note. This in formation can then be saved to your phone book or used to place a call, send a message, add a bookmark, or connect to a site on the mobile Internet. Delete âÂÂDelet e the note. ⢠SET THE TIME AND DATE Set the clock 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Time sett ings > Clock > Set the time . After a brief pause, you are prompted to enter the time. 2 Enter the time in hh:mm forma t, and select OK . If the time format is am/pm , you are prompted to select am or pm . 3 Select the appropriate choice. The time is set. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 98 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 99 ] Organizer Show or hide the clock Y ou can display the clock on the start screen, or hide it from view . 1 From the menus, select Sett ings > Time settings > Cl ock . 2 If the clock is hidden, select Show clock . OR If the clock is shown in the display , select Hide clock . Change the time format Y ou can set the time format for am/pm or 24-hour format (military time). 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Time sett ings > Clock > Time format . 2 Select either 24-hour or am/pm . Set the date 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . 2 Select Options > Settings > Set the date . 3 Enter the date and press OK . The date is set. Change the date format 1 From the menus, select Organizer > Calendar . After a brief pause, the monthly view appears in the display . 2 Select Options > Settings > Date for mat . 3 Select the format of your choice. Automatically update date and time The phone can receive the local da te and time from the network and automatically update the settings. If auto-update is active, the date and time are updated whenever the new local date and time di ffer by more than 30 seconds from the date and time stored in the phone. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 99 T hursday, July 10, 2003 3:21 PM
[ 1 0 0 ] 1 From the menus, select Settings > Time settings > Auto-update of date & time . 2 Select one of the following options: On âÂÂUpdate date and time automatically . Off âÂÂDo not update date and time automatically . Confirm first âÂÂAsk for user confirmation before updating date and time. ⢠ALARM CLOCK The alarm clock is based on the internal clock of the phone. It sounds an alert any time you specify and even works if th e phone is off. Set an alarm ALREADY SET 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Alarm clock > On . 2 Enter the time for the alarm in hh:mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Alarm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start scree n. NOT ALRE ADY SET 1 From the menus, select Settin gs > Alarm clock . 2 Enter a time for the alarm in hh:mm format, and select OK . 3 Select am or pm . Alarm on appears briefly in the display and appears on the start scree n. When the alarm sounds Y our phone beeps, vibrates, and the display lights up. Stop and Snooze appear in the bottom of the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 100 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 1 ] Organizer WITH THE PHONE ON Select Stop to shut the alarm off. OR Select Snooze . The alarm stops for 1 0 minutes and Snoozing appears in the display . If you do not press a key , the alarms stops (snoozes) for 5 minutes, and then sounds again. WITH THE PHONE OFF 1 The alarm sounds. 2 If you s elect Stop, Switch the phone on ? appears in the display . Note: The phone will only power up if you select Ye s when Switch the phone on? appears in the display . 3 Select Ye s to power up the phone; select No to keep it switched off. W arning: Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . T urn off an alarm setting From the menus, select Settin gs > Alarm clock > Off . Alarm off appears briefly in the display . ⢠CALCULATOR The calculator in your phone adds, subtracts, multiplies, divides, counts the square and the square root, and converts currency values. Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and is designed for simple calculations. Basic calculations 1 From the menus, select Cal culator . After a brief pause, the calculator screen appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 101 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 02 ] 2 Enter the first number in your calculation. ⢠Press the Po u n d key to enter a decimal point. ⢠Press Cle ar to delete any mistakes. ⢠Press the Star key to cycle through and select the add ( ), subtract (-), multiply ( * ), and divide (/) characters. 3 Enter the second number in your calculation. 4 Select Options ; then select one of th e following: Equals âÂÂDisplays the sum of your calculat ion. Add âÂÂAdds numbers in the calculation. Subtra ct âÂÂSubtracts numbers in the calculation. Multiply âÂÂMultiplies numbers in the calculation. Divide âÂÂDivides numbers in the calculation. Square âÂÂSquares numbers in the calculation. Square root âÂÂT akes the square root of the numbers in the calculation. Change sign âÂÂReturns to the previous dis play to select another sign for the calculation (plus sign, minus sign, etc.). Currency conversion Y ou can convert foreign currency to domestic, or vice versa d irectly from the start screen. 1 At the start screen, enter a currenc y amount to convert. 2 Select Options ; then select one of th e following options: To h o m e âÂÂConverts foreign cur rency to domestic currency . To f o r e i g n âÂÂConverts domestic currency to foreign currency . If you have not done so already , you are prompted to enter the exchange rate. 3 Enter the exchan ge rate, using the Po u n d key to insert a decimal if needed, and s elect OK . The converted amount appears in the display . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 102 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 3 ] Organizer Edit the exchange rate 1 From the menus, select Cal culator > Options > Exch ange rate . 2 Select one of the following options: Foreign units converted to home units âÂÂEnter the number of home units it takes to make one unit of foreign currency . Home units converted to foreign units âÂÂEnter the number of foreign units it takes to make one unit of your home currency . 3 Enter the exchange rate and select OK . The exchange rate is saved . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 103 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 4 ] 14 Y our phone and other devices Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these functions. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it ma y cau se interference or danger . The Nokia 6340i phone is capable of in teracting with, or connecting to a variety of devices using IR (infra red) or the DLR-3 P serial cable. The Nokia 6340i phone can exchange information with other compatible phones, desktop and laptop PCs, an d han dheld devices. It can also fun cti o n a s a wireless modem when connected to comp atible PCs and handheld dev ices. ⢠IR BASICS Y our phone can send and receive certain types of data by way of the IR ph on e p o r t . T ransmission and reception must be to or from a n i n f r a r e d compatible phone or device. The Nokia 6340i phone is a Class 1 laser Product. Note: The preferable distance betwee n two devices in an infrared c onn ection is from 3 inches t o 3 feet. T here must be no ob structions between the two devices and both IR ports must be pointed at each other . Enable IR communications Before you can receive information (bus iness cards, calendar , or to-do list notes) or make an IR connection to a PC or handheld device: 1 Make sure that the IR ports of the two devices are pointin g at each other . 2 From the menus, select In frared . After a brief pause, IR reception activated appears in the display , and the IR icon appears in the upper left corner of the start screen. 3 Have the us er of the se nding device select the desired IR function to start data transfer . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 104 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 5 ] Y our phone and other devices If data transfer does no t start withi n 2 minutes, the connec tion is canceled. Y ou must activate IR communications on your phone again. IR connection status The status of an IR connection is shown by the IR icon . â¢W h e n ap pears steady , there is an IR connection between your phone and the other device. â¢W h e n does not appear , no IR connection exists. â¢W h e n blinks, your phone is trying to connect to the other device or the connection has been lost. ⢠SEND AND RECE IVE INFORMATION Y ou can send and receive phone book en tries as âÂÂbusiness cardsâ (v .card 2.1 format) using IR between compa tible phones, between your phone and a PC running the appropriate so ftware, or between other compatible IR-equipp ed handhe ld devices. Y ou can al so sen d and receive calendar notes. Create a business card When you select and send a phone book entry to a compatible device using IR or SMS, a busi ness card is created. Send a business card BY IR First, make sure the other phone or de vice is set to r eceive data using i ts IR port. Refer to the user guide for th e receiving device for more i nformation on setting up IR communications and receiving data over IR. 1 Recall the phone book entry you would like to send by IR. 2 Select Details > Options > Send bus. card . 3 Ensure the IR port of your p hone and the other device are poi nted at one another and within rang e (3 inches to 3 feet). 4 Select Via infrared . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 105 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 6 ] 5 If prompted, select Primary n o. or All d etails. The business card is sent. BY SMS 1 Recall the phone book entry you would like to send by SMS. 2 Select Details > Options > Send bus. card > Via text msg . 3 If prompted, select Primary n o. or All d etails. 4 Enter the phone number of the recipient, or select Find to retrieve a number from your phone book. 5 Select OK . The business card is sent. Send a calendar note Y ou can send and receive calendar note s using the sam e basic procedures as those found in the section âÂÂSend a b usiness cardâ o n page 10 5 . From the selected calendar dayâ s day list: 1 Scroll to the note you wish to send and select Options > Send note . 2 P oint the IR ports at each other . 3 Select Via infrared to start data transfer . Receive business cards and calendar notes Y ou can receive business cards and calendar notes from another compatible phone or handheld device. 1 Before the user of the other phon e or device sends you a card, point the two IR ports at each other . 2 From the menus, select In frared . After a brief pause, IR reception activated appears in the display . 3 When y ou see the messag e Business card rece ived , select Show > Options . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 106 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 7 ] Y our phone and other devices 4 Select either Save or Discard . ⢠If you press Save , you see the confirmation message Card sav ed to phon e. â¢I f y o u p r e s s Dis card , you see the question Discard business card? . Press OK to discard. ⢠PC CONNECTIVITY Y ou can make a serial conn ection between the Nokia 6340i phone and a PC using the DL R- 3P se ri a l c abl e. Thi s cable is available for purchase as an enhancem ent, or may be inclu ded in you r sales packag e. Once you est ablish t hi s c o nn ec ti o n, you can access phone information from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem. It may also be possible to make this same serial connection between your phone and an IR- equipped laptop or desktop PC using your IR phone port. Nokia PC Suite Once your phone is connected to your PC, you can use PC Suite to: ⢠Make a backup copy of the data in your phone (Content Copier) ⢠Edit phone book names and numbers, profiles, and settings using your PC keyboard (Phone Editor) ⢠Create ringing tones and transfer them to your phone (PC Composer) ⢠Create caller group icons or picture s for use with picture messaging (PC Graphics) ⢠Synchronize t he phone book and reminders wit h PIM ap plications such as Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Expr ess, and Lotus Organizer (PC Sync) Please refer to the Nokia PC Suite Connectivity Guide fo r install ation and setup instructions. Modem setup Y ou can use t he Nokia 6340i p hone as a wireless mo dem with your laptop computer or handheld device, gi vi ng yo u acc e ss to th e In t er n et ( fo r e- mai l and W eb browsing) or corporate ne t wo r k s wh e r ev e r yo u ha v e se r vi c e . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 107 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 8 ] For more i nfor mation on modem setup fo r PCs an d hand held d evices , ple ase refer to the Nokia PC Suite Connectivity Guide . Download PC Suite software PC Suite software and documentation for the Nokia 6340i phone can be downloaded from the U.S. Mobile Phone products section of www .nokia.com . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 108 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 0 9 ] Wireless Internet 15 Wireless Internet Note: The phone must be switched on to use these functions. Do not switch on the phone when th e use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . W AP is the mobile devi ce equivalent of the Internet. The mobile commun ity began developing W AP in the late 1990s so that mobile device users could access the Internet. T oday , most WAP si tes a re composed of text, hyperlinks, and low-resolution graphics. Because your wireless provider and others are free to design W AP sites as they choose, each W AP page can vary almost as much as a web page on t he Internet. W AP pages are designed using Wirele ss Markup Language (WML). Since web pages are designed using Hyper Te xt Mark-up Language (HTML), web pages cannot be viewed from your phone. Note: Ch eck with your wire less provider fo r W AP service avail ability . ⢠SERVICES MENU Use your W AP browser to get news, weather reports, access financial information, and more. W AP pages can be saved as bookmarks, the same as web pages on the Internet. Note: This is a network dependent feature. Check with your service provider about availability and subscription requirements. Note: Internet content received ov er a secure connection and stored in bro wser cache ma y be re used over nonsec ure connecti ons and may create security issues. Ple ase check with your wireless provider to determine if emptyi ng browser cache after each browsing session or some othe r method should be used to avoid security issues. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 109 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 1 0 ] ⢠W AP SETTINGS It should not be necessary to manua lly configure the browser on your phone. Normally this is done by your wireless provider once you h ave subscribed to the feature. Contact yo ur wireless provi der if you have problems using the browser . ⢠Y OUR WIRELESS PROVIDER AND W AP Because W AP content is designed to be viewed from your phone, your wireless provider now becomes your wireless Internet provider as well. It is likely that your wireless prov ider has created their own home page an d configured your browser to go there w hen you press Home on the br ow se r menu. Once you arrive at yo u r wireless providerâ s home page, you should find links to a nu mber of other W AP sites. ⢠BROWSE THE WIRELESS INTERNET Launch the browser From the menus, select Servi ces > Home . OR At the start screen, press and h old the 0 key . Y our phone connects to the Internet and is directed to your wireless providerâ s home page. Note: If you r phone displays Check service settings , it may need to be configured for browsing by your wireless provider . Press the End key twice to terminate any active bro wser session and return to the start screen. Emergency calls while browsing T o exit the browser and place an emer gency call, press the End key twi ce to return to the start screen; then dial the emergency number . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 110 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 1 1 ] Wireless Internet Navigate a W A P page ELEMENTS COMMON TO MOST PAGES 1 Highlight the data entry field and select Options > Edit . 2 Enter the text requested by t h e data entry field and select OK . The text y ou entered is now displayed between the brackets. 3 Scroll to the link that requires an action (for example, get for ecast? ) and select Options > Open link > OK . 1) Header line . Shows the current location. 2) Active hyperlink . Highlighted. Select Options to open the link. 3) Hyperlink . Use this to naviga te to other cards or sites. Scroll to highlight the link and select Options . 3 1 2 4) Text . Use the scroll keys to move through the text. The cursor will automatically jump to the next hyperlink to activate it. 5) Selection list . Text in brackets. Select Options when highlighted to display additional choices or links. 6) Options/Back . Options displays a cardâ s options menu and/or the browser menu. Back takes you back to the previous page. 6 4 5 7) Data entry fie ld . An ellipsis in brackets [...]. Used when user input is required (for example, city name, stock symbol, etc.). T o enter data into this field, perform the following steps: 7 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 111 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 12 ] Browser menu From the menus, select Services to display the following options: Home âÂÂStart the browser and go to your home page. Bookmarks âÂÂDisplay a list of saved bookmarks. Service inbox âÂÂView messages from your wireless provider regarding new services and options. Settings âÂÂModify your connection setting s, appearance settings, and security certificate. Go to address âÂÂG o to the address of your choice. Clear the cache âÂÂEmpty the tempor ary memory of the browser and fr ee up space. Y ou should empty the c ache after e ach ses sion. Note: Some wi reless providers may customize the o ptions listed in the previous table. If any of th e options are unavail able, contact your wireless provider for more information. Options while browsing Select Options while browsing to display the following options: Home âÂÂGo to your home page. Bookmarks âÂÂDisplay a list of saved bookmarks. Add bookmark âÂÂAdd a bookmark. Go to address âÂÂEnter an address manually . Service inbox âÂÂView messages from your wireless provider regarding new services and options. Appearance settings âÂÂChoose text wrapping (on or off), and whether to load images or only text. Download settings âÂÂChoose whether you would like to allow (or not allow) cookies to be placed in browser cache. Use number âÂÂCaptures numbers longer than 3 digits. Y ou can save the number to your phone book, send a message to the number , or call the number directly . Reload âÂÂRefresh the page you are currently viewing. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 112 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 13 ] Wireless Internet Clear the cache âÂÂEmpty the tempor ary memory of the browser . Security info âÂÂView details about the security information for the current connection. Quit âÂÂQuit the c urrent session and return to the start sc reen. Use W allet info âÂÂUse information previously saved to a Wallet card to make an online purchase. Close W allet âÂÂClose the W allet application if it is open. This option only appears if W allet is open. Note: W ireless providers may limit access to some menu options. Contact your wireless provider if you have difficulty accessing the options listed in the previous table. Note: Browser options are subject to change. Bookmarks Y ou can save the addresses of up to 25 of your favorite sites as bookmarks. If W AP site developers have included a title for the card, the name of the card appears in the bookmark list. If the site has no title, the site address will appear as a bookmark. SAVE AN ADDRESS AS A BOOKMARK Navigate to the desi red site an d select Optio ns > Add boo kmark . ENTER A BOOKMARK MANUALLY Note: Wireless providers may limit access to this option. Contact your wireless prov ider for further information. 1 From the menus, select Servi ces > Bookmarks > Opti ons > New bookmark . 2 Enter the site address using the k eypad a n d s e l e c t OK . Note: It is not necessary to enter htt p://. Th is is added automati cally . 3 Enter a title for the new bookmark and select OK . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 113 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 14 ] RETURN TO A BOOKMARKED SITE Note: Wireless providers may limit access to this option. Contact your wireless provider for further information. 1 From the menus, select Servi ces > Bookmarks . 2 Scroll to the desired bookmark and select Options > Go to . If you are not browsing already , your phone connects to the mobile Internet. Ringing tones DOWNLOAD A RING ING TONE Y our phone can store up to 1 0 new ringing tones (sent from the W eb using SMS or created using Nokia PC Suite). For more information about downloading ringing tones, contact your wireless provider . PLAY , SAVE, OR DELETE A RINGING TONE Once your phone receives a new ringing tone, your phone displays Ringing tone received . Select Options ; then select either Playback , Save tone , or Delete . If you choose to save the new ringing tone, it becomes part of the r inging tone list available to you when customizing a profile (see âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 62 ). USE PC COMPOSER Y ou can use PC Composer to create ne w ringing tones and send them to your phone. For more information, please refer to th e Nokia PC Suite Us e r Guide and PC/P DA Connectivit y Guide for your phone. These documents can be downloaded from the U.S. M obile Phone product section of www .nokia.com . ⢠ONLINE PURCHASES Note: Online purchases depend on yo ur wireless provider . This feature exists in your phone to support and simplify wireless payment services. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 114 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 15 ] Wireless Internet Once you have entered all of the necessary credit and debit information into a Wallet card , you can use your W AP browser to fetch this in formatio n and make fast, secure purchases online. See âÂÂW alletâ on page 93 for information on setting up W allet. Note: Y ou can use Wa llet for online purchases when the service supports ECML format. 1 From the menus, select Servi ces > H ome . OR Press and hold the 0 key . Y our phone connects to the mobile Internet and may be directed to your wireless providerâÂÂs home page. 2 When you are ready to make a purchase, select Options > Us e Wa l l e t info . 3 Enter your W allet code and select OK > Cards . 4 Select the W allet card you wish to use in this purchase. A list of options, such as al l details or only shipping details , appears in the display . 5 Select the desired option. W allet automaticall y fills in the detai ls as re quired by the onlin e service. 6 Respond to any further prompts to complete the transaction. Y ou may receive a sign-in documen t from the wireless service. This document can be signed using a signing certificate and your personal signing PIN code. For more information, contact your wireless provider . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 115 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 16 ] 16 Fun and games Note: The phone must be switched on to u se these features. Do not switch on the phone wh en the use of a wireless phone is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . The Nokia 6340i phone is programmed with four interesting and challenging games, some of whic h can be played using IR against another opponent. ⢠PLAY A GAME 1 From the menus, select Games > Select game . 2 Select the game you wish to play . 3 Press any key during the game animation to enter the menu of the selected game, w here you can choose from several game dependent options. Snake II Feed the snake with as many goodies as possible and watch it grow . Use the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys to maneuver the snake toward food. The longer the snakeâÂÂs tail grows, the higher your sc ore. Y ou can choose from a clear field, or select from five different mazes. If the snake runs into its own tail or one of the walls, the game is over . Y o u can visit Nokia game services on the Internet to download new mazes. Contact your wireless provider for details. P ass âÂÂn rush Play the role of head coach. Select the p lays for you r team and wa tch the action unfold. Choose from a quick match, full game, or scenario. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 116 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 17 ] Fun and games Bumper Get your highest score by keeping th e ball on the table using the flippers. Press and hold the 5 key to launch the ball. Hold down the 5 key to get more launch power . Use the 1 and 3 keys to control the flippers. Use the 4 and 6 keys to nudge the tableâÂÂbut not too much or the game will tilt! Y ou can visit games services on th e Internet to download new tables. Contact your wireless provider for details. P airs II Reveal pictures to find pairs with as few tries as possible. Use the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys to move the cursor . Press the 5 key to reveal a picture. In Time trial , pair up all of the tiles before the dynamite fuse runs out. ⢠GAME SETTINGS From the menus, select Games > Settings ; then select one of the following options: Game soun ds âÂÂT urn game sounds on or off. Game light s âÂÂTurn game lights on or off. Shakes âÂÂT urn game vibrating effects on and off. Note: Game sounds, lights, and vibrat ing effects apply only to games and do not affect othe r features in your phone. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 117 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 18 ] 17 Enhancements â¢P O W E R Extended 1 000-mA Li-Ion Battery (BLB-3) Provides up to 4 hours of TDMA talk time and up to 6 hours of GSM talk time. Provides up to 14 days of TDMA standby time and up to 25 days of GSM standby t ime. Note: Operation times are estimates and may vary depending on network conditions, charging and phone use. Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9 ) Charges the phone battery from your vehicle. Compact Desktop Charging Stand DCH-8 Compact and stylish, this stand provides a convenient spot in which to charge the ph one. Compatible with: Standard Travel Charge r (ACP-7U) Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) Also available: Connectivity Deskstand (DCH-8D) Handsfree Desktop Charging Stand (DCH-12K) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 118 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 1 19 ] Enhancements Spare Battery Charger (DDC-1) Lightweight and stylish, this charger provides a convenient way to charge your spare battery . Compatible with: Standard Travel Charge r (ACP-7U) Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) This lightweight travel char ger is ideal for active travelers. It plugs directly into the phone and can also be used with the compact Compact Desktop Charging Stand (DCH-8). Also available: Standard Travel Charge r (ACP-7U) ⢠AUDIO Headset Kit (HDC-9P) The headset provides hands free operation and has an answer-end button located on the microphone. It connects directly to the phone, requiring no additional adapter . Also available: Headset (HDE-1) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 119 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 120 ] Loopset (LPS-1) With the Nokia loopset, people who use a T-coil equipped hearing aid have the freedom to talk on a digital mobile phone. The loopset goes around your neck so it can be worn comfortably and discreetly . Also available: Phone Adapter for TTY/TDD and Headsets (HDA-8) ⢠CASES Leather Carry Case (CSL-17) The leather case protects your phone and has a convenient, integrated belt clip. Leather Carry Case (CSL-27) This case includes a swivel belt clip. ⢠DATA Data Cable (DLR-3P) Allows easy and convenient connection with no modem or PC card needed for e-mail, faxes, In ternet and data transmissions. Compatible with: Connectivity Deskstand (DCH-8D) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 120 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 12 1 ] Enhancements ⢠CAR Complete Car Kit (CARK-9 1H) Provides handsfree use and connec tion to an external antenna (no t included). Includes Privacy Handset (HSU- 1) for private conversations. Also available: Complete Car Kit, without privacy handset (CARK-9 1) Mobile Holder (MBC-1) Holds phone securely in place while dr iving or during charging. Can be used with Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9). (Phone not included) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 121 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 122 ] 18 Reference information This section provides information about your phoneâ s batteries, enhancements, chargers, safety guide lines and t echnical information. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change as batteries, chargers, and enhancements change. ⢠BATTERIES AND CHARGERS This phone is intend ed for use when supplied wi th power from the ACP-7U, ACP-8U, and LCH-9 chargers. Other us age could invalidate any approval given to this apparatus and might be dangerous. Charging and Discharging Y our phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Note that a new battery's full perfor mance may be achieved only after two or three complete char ge and discharge cycles! The battery can be charged and discha rged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. When the opera ting time (talk time and standby time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteri es approved by the phone m anufactur er and re charge y our battery only with the chargers approved by the manufacturer . Unplug the charger when not in use. Do not leav e the battery connec ted to a charger for longer than a week, since overchar ging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery w ill discharge itself over time. T emperature extremes can affect the ability of your battery to charge; allow it to cool down or warm up first. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery which is damaged or worn out. Do not short-circuit the battery . Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin, clip, or pen) causes direct connection of the and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 122 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 123 ] Reference information Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, such as in a cl osed car in summer or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery . Always try to keep the battery be tween 59ðF and 77ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully char ged. Batteries' performance is particularly limited in temperatures we ll below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! Dispose of ba tterie s according to applica ble local regu lation s (for examp le, recycling). Do not dispose of as household waste. ⢠IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION T raffic safety Do not use a wireless telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do n ot place the phone on the passenger seat or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always co mes first! Operating environment Remember to follow any special regula tions and always switch off your phone wherever forbidden, or when it may cause interference or danger . When con necting the ph one or enhanceme nt to another dev ice, read its userâ s guide for safety instru ctions. Do not connect incompatible products. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised to operate this equipment only in the normal operating position (held to your ear with the antenna pointing over your shoulder). P acemakers P acemaker manufacturers recommend a distance of 6 inches (20 cm) be maintained between a hand-he ld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid interference with the pa cemaker . These recommendations are consistent with independent research and recommendations of Wireless T echnology Research. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 123 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 124 ] P ERSONS WITH A PACEMAKER: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on. ⢠Should not carry the ph one in a breast pocket. ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pa cemaker to minimize the potential for interference. ⢠Should switch off the phone immediately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. Hearing aids Some digital wireless phones may interfe re with hearing aids. In the event of such interference, cons ult your wireless provider . Other medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including cellular phones, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the ma nufacturer of the medical device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy , or if you have any questions. Switch off your phone in health care facilities when regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to RF energy . Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain elec tronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals emanating from your wireless phone. P osted facilities Switch your phone off in any facility where posted notices so require. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 124 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 125 ] Reference information Users are advised to switch off the phone when at a refuelling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions regarding the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants , or where blasting operations ar e in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer/ storage facilities, vehicles using liqu efied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane), areas where the air contai ns chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust or metal powders, and any other area where you would be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. V ehicles Only qualified personnel should install or service the phone in a vehicle. F ault y installati on or servi ce may be dangerou s and inva lidate th e warrant y . RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicl es (for example, electronic f uel injection systems, electronic anti -skid (anti-lock) braking systems, electronic speed control systems, air bag systems). Check with the manufacturer or its repr esentative regarding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. Ensure all wireless phone equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not carry or store flammable liquids, gases or explosive mater ials in the same compartment as the phone or its enhancements. For vehicl es equipp ed with an ai r ba g, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place any objects in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deploym ent area. If in-v ehicle wireless equi pment is impr operly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 125 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 126 ] Aircraft FCC regulations prohibit using your phon e while in the air . Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone networ k, and may be illegal. F ailure to observe these in structions may lead to su spension or denial of telephone services to the of fender , legal action, or both. Emergency calls Note: This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals and cannot be guaranteed to connect in all conditions. Therefore, you should never rely solely upon any wireless phone for essential communications (such as medical emergencies). Remember , to make or receive any calls the phone must be switched on and in a service area with adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless phon e networks or when certain network services and/or phone fe atures are in use. Check with local wir eless providers for more information. MAKE AN EMERGE NCY CALL: 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on. Note: Some networks may require that a valid SIM card be properly inserted in the phone. 2 Press and hold the End key to return to the start screen. 3 Enter the emergency number for your present location (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). Emergency numbers vary by location. 4 Press the Ta l k key . When making an emergency call, remember to provide all information as accurately and clearly as possible. Remember that your wireless phone may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accidentâ do not cut off the call until given permission to do so. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 126 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 127 ] Reference information ⢠CERTIFICATION INFORMATION THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOV ERNMENTâÂÂS REQUIR EMENTS FOR EXPOSURE T O RADIO W A VES. Y our wireless phone is a radio transmi tter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the e mission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Fe deral Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards th at were developed by independent scientific organizations through pe riodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards in clude a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* T ests for SAR are co nducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determin ed at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the ph one while operating can be well bel ow the maximum value. This is because th e ph one is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use on ly the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you ar e to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is ava ilable for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it doe s not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC fo r each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 1.20 W/kg, and when worn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.58 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available enha ncements and FCC requirements.) 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 127 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 128 ] While there may be differences betwee n the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the government requirement. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluate d as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www .fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID LJP RH-13 . For body worn operation, this p hon e has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when us ed with the Nokia enhancements supplied or designated for this product . When carrying the phone while it is on, place the phone in the specific carrying case that has been tested for compliance. Use of other enhancements may no t ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 wat ts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to acco unt for any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary depending on na tional reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions please look under product information at http://www .nokia.com . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 128 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 129 ] Care and maintenance 19 Care and maintenance Y our phone is a product of superio r design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for many years. When using your phone, battery , charger , or any enhancement: ⢠K eep all parts and enhancements out of small childrenâÂÂs reach. ⢠K eep all parts and enhancements dry . Precipitation, humidity , and liquids contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or store parts or enhancements in dusty , dirty areas. Moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store parts or enhancements in hot areas. High temperatures can shorten the life of electronic devices, damage b atteries, and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store parts or enhancements in cold areas. When the phone warms up (to its normal temperature ), moisture can form inside th e phone, which may damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open. Nonexp ert handling could cause damage. ⢠Do not drop, knock or shake. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean parts or enhancements. Wipe it with a soft cloth slightly dampened in a mild soap-and-water solution. ⢠do not paint. P a int can clog moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications or attachments could damage the phone and may violate regul ations governing radio devices. ⢠If the phone, battery , charger , or any enhancement is not working properly , take it to your nearest qualifi ed service facility . The personnel there will assist you, and if necessary , arrange for service. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 129 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 130 ] ⢠T ROUBLESHOOTING The following table lists some common problems and their solutions. Problem P ossible cause P ossible solution My phone is not charging. The charger and phone are not properly connected. Securely connect the charger t o the phone. The charger is not properly plugged into the wall. Ensure the charger is plugged in correctly . My phone is not making/ receiving calls. The battery is not charged. Charge the battery . The signal strength is poor . If you are indoors, move toward a window . I cannot listen to my voice messages. Y ou do not have voicemail service. Call your wireless provider . Y ou have not set up your voicemail service with your wireless provider . Call your wireless provider . Y ou ha ve not saved your voicemail num ber to your phone. See âÂÂCall and set up your voicemailâ on page 44. you have forgotten your password or are entering it incorrectly . Call your wireless provider . The voicemail number saved to your phone is incorrect. Call your wireless provider . When I insert my SIM card into another phone, it is rejected. Y ou have fixed dialing activated on your SIM card and the receiving phone does not support fixed dialing. Deactivate fixed dialing on the SIM. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 130 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 13 1 ] Frequently asked questions (FAQ ) 20 Frequently asked questions (FAQ) Q. What if my phone is lost or stolen? A. Contact your wireless provider immediately . Q. Does the phone hav e to be on in order for me to receive a call? A. Y es. Q. What is my security code? A. Y our defa ult security code is 12345 . If you have changed your security code an d forgo tten the n ew code, co ntact you r wirel ess pro vider . Q. How do I lock the keypad? A. At the start screen, s elect Menu ; then pres s the St ar key . Q. How do I unlock the keypad? A. At the start screen, s elect Unlock ; then press th e St ar key . Q. How do I keep track of my calls? A. Use the Call log feature (see page 40 ). Q. How do I turn off the rin ger when I am in a meetin g or do no t want to be disturbed? A. At the start screen, briefly press the power key , scroll to Silent , and select Select . Y ou can also set a timed profile (see âÂÂSet a timed profileâ on page 63 ). Q. How do I make the phone ring louder? A. See âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 62. Q. How do I change the ringing tone? A. See âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 62. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 131 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 132 ] Q. How do I download a custom ringing tone? A. Y ou can send tones to your phone over the mobile Internet, using SMS, or you can create custom tones and send them to your phone or another compatible phone using PC S u ite. Call your wireless provider for more information. Q. Where is my phone model num ber and serial number ? A. On the information label, which is on back of the phone under the battery . The model number of this phone is 6340i. Q. What is the I MEI number? A. The IMEI number located on the label un der the battery is your phoneâ s serial number . Q. How do I change the contrast on the display? A. The Nokia 6340i phone contrast is set for optimal performance at the factory and cannot be changed. Q. Can I replace the front cover? A. The front cover should only be removed or r eplace d by qualified service personnel. Q. How do I make purchases online? A. Set up W allet with the necessary credit and debit information. See âÂÂCreate a W allet cardâ on page 96 and âÂÂOnline purchasesâ on page 11 4 . Q. I forgot my W allet code. Do I have to contact Nokia or my wireless provider to ob tain ano ther? A. No. Y ou can reset your W allet code. However , all information previously entered will be lost and you will need to set up a W allet card again. See âÂÂCreate a W allet cardâ on page 96. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 132 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 133 ] Glossary 21 G l o s s a r y Te r m Definition antenna The portion of your phone designed to transmit and receive the wireless signal battery The source of power for your phone when it is not connected to the charger bookmark A mobile Internet site or address (URL) saved to phone memory browser An application used to access mobile Internet sites data call A call that is placed or received where your phone functions as a data/fax modem, connected t o your PC using the DLR-3P cable or IR port delivery report A message from your messa ging service regarding the delivery status of a mess age that you have sent shared memory A common pool of memory used by multiple features. When any of these feat ures are used, there is less available memory for other features dependent upon shared memory . earpiece The portion of your phone that contains the audio speaker earpiece volume The audible level of the ear piece in an active call E-mail Electronic mailâÂÂa message sent electronically ECML Electronic commerce modeling l anguage is a universal format for online checkout form data fields. ESN Electronic serial number used to identify your phone by the wireless provider 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 133 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 134 ] fax call A call placed or received where phone functions as a data/fax modem, connected to your PC using the DLR-3P cable or IR home system The wirel ess system on which you are a subscriber IMEI International mobile equipment identity identifies your phone on the wireless network. keypad tones The sounds you hear when a key on your phone keypad is pressed message alert tone The sounds you hear upon receipt of a text or system message navigate T o move from one mobile Internet site to another , or from one phone menu to anoth er number keys The numbered keys on your phone keypad power key The button on the top of the phone that allows you to turn the phone on or off. It can also be used to recall profiles. predictive text input A system developed for the rapid entry of text ringing option The way your phone plays (or does not play) the selected ringing tone when you have an incoming call. For example: ascen ding, ring once, etc. ringing tone The tone that your phone plays (or does not play) when you have an incoming call. The Nokia 6340i phone has 40 available ringing tones. ringing volume The audible level of ringing tones T erm Definition 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 134 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 135 ] Glossary screen or display Y our phone display scroll T o move through a list of names, menu items, and so on by pressing the scroll (up/down) key . Each new selection or option is highlighted as it is selected. selection keys The keys under the lower left and right corners of your phoneâ s display . These keys are defined by the text above them, inside the display . SIM Subscriber identity module SMS Short message service is a service whereby short messages (typically aro und 160 characters) can be sent and received using your phone. URL Universal resource locator is a specific address or location on the Internet su ch as www .nokia.com . voice mail A system maintained by your wireless provider to record voi ce messages when you are unable to ans wer a call voice mailbox The repository on your wire less providerâÂÂs network for all voice mail messages voice memo A message recorded by the internal phone recorder warning tones The collection of tones that are played when your phone alerts you to a variety of situations WA P Wireless application protocol is a new part of the Internet designed specific ally for mobile device users. wireless network Y our wireless providerâ s operating environment, comprised of various types of hardware, software, and landline connections T erm Definition 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 135 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 136 ] 22 T echnical information Weight 125 g (4.4 oz) wi th BLB-3 1 000-mAh Li-Ion Battery Wireless networks AMPS 800/TD MA 800 and1900/GSM 850 and 1900 Size (volume) 6.7 cubic inches (1 1 0 cc) Frequency range (Tx) AMPS: 824âÂÂ849 MHz TDMA 800: 824âÂÂ849 MHz TDMA 1900: 1850âÂÂ19 1 0 MHz GSM 850: 824âÂÂ849 MHz GSM 1900: 1850âÂÂ19 1 0 MHz Frequency range (Rx) AMPS: 869âÂÂ894 MHz TDMA 800: 869âÂÂ894 MHz TDMA 1900: 1930âÂÂ1 990 MHz GSM 850: 869âÂÂ894 MHz GSM 1900: 1930âÂÂ19 90 MHz Tx output power 1 W (max) Battery voltage 3.6 Vdc T alk/standby ti me GSM: Up to 6 hours talk time Up to 25 days standby time TDMA: Up to 4 hours talk time Up to 14 days standby time AMPS: Up to 1.5 ho urs talk time Up to 2 days standby time Battery operation times Battery talk and standby times are es timates only and depend on signal strength, network conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including the effect of charging habit s), temperatures to which battery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many ot her factors. Please note that the amount of time a phone is used fo r calls will affect its standby time. Likewise, the amount of time that the phone is turned on and in standby mode will affect its talk time. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 136 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 137 ] Nokia One-Y ear Limited Warranty 23 Nokia One-Y ear Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrants that th is cellular phone (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following terms and conditions: 1 The limited warranty f or the Product extends for ONE (1) y ear be ginning on the date of the purchase of th e Product. This one year period is extended by each whole day that th e Product is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The limit ed warranty extends onl y to the or iginal pu rchaser (âÂÂConsumer âÂÂ) of the Product and is n ot assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end- user . 3 The limited warranty extends only to Consumers who purchase the Product in the United States of Ameri ca. 4 During the limited warranty period, Nokia will repair , or replace, at Nokiaâ s sole option, any defective pa rts, or any parts that will not properly operate for their intended use wi th new or refurbished replacement items if such repair or replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to the Consumer for any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited warranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-operative part s. NokiaâÂÂs limit of liability under the limited warranty shall be the actu al cash value of the Product at the time the Consumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer fo r the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These remedie s are the Co nsumerâÂÂs exclusive remedies for breach of warranty . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 137 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 138 ] 5 Upon request from Nokia, the Consumer must prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of ship ping the Product back to the Consumer after t he completion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no covera ge or benefits under this limited warranty if any of the follow ing conditions are applicable: a) The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, expos ure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, negle ct, abus e, acc ident, alte ration, improper installation, or other acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. b) The Product has been damaged fro m external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, flooding, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthqua ke or damage fro m exposure to weather conditions, an Act of G od, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source, damage caused by computer or Internet viruses, bugs, worms, T rojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended for interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by t he Consumer of the alleged defect or malfunction of the Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the a pplicable limited warranty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the enhancement data code has been removed, de faced or altered. e) The defect or damage was ca used by the de fe ctive function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by the external antenna, or viruses or other so ftware problems introduced into the Product. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 138 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 139 ] 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of the Product. If a problem develops during the limited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step procedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â a â is not convenient becaus e of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, the Co nsumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn.: Repair Department 795 W est Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 3290 1 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service ag reement (if applicable). Expenses related to removi ng the Product fr om an installation are not covered under this limited warranty . d) The Consumer will be billed for any parts or labor charges not covered by th is limited war ranty . Th e Consumer wi ll be responsi ble for any expen ses related t o reinst allation of the Prod uct. e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited warranty within 30 days after receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited warranty within 30 days, or after a reasonable number of atte mpts to repair the same defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some stat es the Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Service Center at Nokia at the telephone number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and the repair of the Pr oduct has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (1 0) days. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 139 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 140 ] f) If the Product is returned during the limited war ranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed to the Consumer . If the estimate is refu sed, the Product will be returned freight collect. If the Product is returned after the expiration of the limited warranty period, Nokiaâ s normal service policies shall apply and the Consumer wi ll be responsible for all shippin g charges. 9 Y OU (THE CO NSUMER) UNDERS T AND THA T THE PRODUCT MA Y CONSIST OF REFURBISHED EQUIPMEN T THA T CONT AINS USED COMPONEN TS, SOME OF WHICH HA VE BEEN REPR OCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and reliability specifications. 10 ANY IMPLIED W ARRANTY OF MERCH ANT ABI LITY , OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHALL BE LIMI TED T O THE DURA TION OF THE FOREGO ING LIMITED WRI TTEN W ARRANTY . OTHERWISE, THE FOREGOING LIMI TED W ARRANTY IS THE CONSUMERâÂÂS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMED Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL O THER W ARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SHA LL NO T BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONS EQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NO T LIMITED T O LOSS OF ANTICI PA TED BENEFITS OR PROFITS, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LO SS OF DAT A, PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRO DUCT OR ANY ASSOCIA TED EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAPIT AL, COST OF ANY SU BSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWNTIME, THE CLAI MS OF ANY TH IRD PARTIES, INCLUDING CUST OMERS, AND INJU RY T O PROPERTY , RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FRO M BREACH OF THE W ARR ANTY , BREACH OF CONTRAC T , NEGLIG ENCE, STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O THER LEGAL OR EQUIT ABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NO T BE LIABLE FOR DELA Y IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THE LIMITED W ARRANTY , OR LOSS OF US E DURING THE PERIOD THA T THE PRODUCT IS BEING REP A IRED. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 140 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 14 1 ] 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so certain of th e above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (the Consumer). This limited warranty gi ves the Consumer specific legal rights and t he Consumer may also have other rights which vary from state to state. 12 Nokia neither assumes nor authorizes any authorized service ce nter or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expr essly provided for in this limited warranty including the provider or se ller of any extended warranty or service agreement. 13 This is the entire warranty between the Nokia and the Co nsumer , and supersedes all prior and contem poraneous agr eements or u nderstandings, oral or written, r elating to the Pro duct, and no represen tati on, prom ise or condition not contained he rein shall modify these terms. 14 This limited warranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer and Nokia. The allocation is recognized by the Consumer and is reflected in the purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eighteen (18) months following purchase of the Product. 16 Questions concerning this l imited warranty may be di rected to: Nokia Inc. Attn.: Customer Service 7725 W oodland Center Blvd., Suite. 150 T ampa, FL 336 14 T elephone: 1-888-NOKIA-2 U (1-888-665-4228) F acsimile: (8 13) 287-66 12 TTY/TDD Users Only: 1-800- 24-NOKIA (1-800- 246-6542) 17 The limited warranty perio d for Nokia supplied attachments and enhancements is specifically de fined within their own warranty cards and packaging. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 141 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 142 ] Manufactured or sold under one or more of the following U S P atents. Asterisk (*) indicates design patents pending. 4558302 4868846 4945633 4969 192 500 1372 5101 1 7 5 5 15 1946 5 173927 52 12834 5230091 5241583 531 1 15 1 53 17283 533 1638 5335362 5353328 537 1481 5378935 5384782 5396657 5400949 5416435 5442521 5446364 5479476 5526366 5553 125 5557639 5565821 5570369 558 1244 5600 7 08 5625274 5677620 5692032 572954 1 5760568 5794142 5802465 5809413 5827082 5839 10 1 5844884 5845219 587 0683 5884 1 03 588977 0 590 7823 59 1257 0 5914690 5914796 59 17868 5920826 5956332 5956625 5956633 5966378 5977887 5987 137 599 1857 6006 1 14 60 1 1853 60145 5 1 6014573 6026 16 1 6035 189 6038238 6043760 6047 196 6049796 60504 15 6055439 6060 193 6069923 60 72787 6081732 6084920 6084962 6094587 6097964 61 05784 6 1 12099 6 1 156 17 61 19 180 6 12 1846 6128509 61380 9 1 6 140966 6144243 6144676 6 148209 615 1485 6 15 150 7 6 163609 6 164547 6 167248 6 185295 6 188909 6249584 6259312 6266330 627236 1 6282436 6292668 6295286 63 1 1 054 63 14 166 6324389 63244 12 63472 18 6363259 6370362 6370389 6377820 638 1468 6392660 6400958 6453179 6463278 647047 0 6487397 6522670 6 198928 4969192 5266782 5390223 54448 16 5487 084 5640395 5664053 5699482 570 1392 57220 74 5754976 5805301 5835889 5857 15 1 5859843 5862 178 5898925 5930233 5946651 5960354 5960389 596390 1 6005857 60 1 197 1 603 1827 6 1 18775 6 128322 6 137789 6 167248 61 70 07 3 6 178535 6 195338 6 199035 62400 76 626632 1 6285888 6356759 6377803 6430 163 643837 0 6456237 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 142 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 143 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones. é 2001 Cellular T elecommunications & Inter net Association. All Rights R eserv ed. 1250 Connecti cut A v enue, NW Sui te 800, W ashington, DC 20 036. Phone: (202) 785-008 1 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 143 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 144 ] Saf ety is the most important call you will ev er make . A Guide to Safe and Res ponsible Wireless Phone Use T ens of millions of people in the U .S . toda y tak e ad v antage of the unique combination of con v enience, safety and v alue deliv ere d b y the wireless telephone. Quite simply , the wir eless phon e gi v es people the po w er ful a bility to comm unicate b y v oice--almost anyw here, anytime--with the bos s, wi th a c lient, w ith the kids , with emer g ency personnel or e v en with the police. Eac h y ear , Americans mak e billions of calls fr om their wir ele ss phones , and the n umbers ar e rapidly gr o wing. But an important responsibility ac companies those benef its, one that e v er y wir eless phone user m ust uphold . W hen dri ving a car , driving is y our f i rst r esponsibility . A wir eless phone can be an in v aluab le tool, but good judgment mus t be e x er cised at all times w hile driving a motor v ehicle--w hether on the phon e or not. T he basic lessons ar e ones w e all lear ned as teena gers. Dri ving req uir es aler tness, caution and cour tesy . It requir es a hea vy dose of basic common sense---k eep y our head up , k eep y our ey es on the r oad, c h eck y our mirrors fr equently and w atc h out f or other dri v ers . It r equir es obeying all traf f ic signs a nd signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It means using seatbe lts and r equiring othe r passengers to do the same. But with wir eless phone use, dri ving saf ely means a little more. T his broc hur e is a call to wir eless phone users ev er yw her e to mak e safety their f irst priority w hen behind the w heel of a car . W ir eless telecomm unications is k eeping us in touc h, simplifying our li v es, pr otecting us in emer gencies and pro viding oppor tunities to help others in n eed. W hen it comes to the use of wir eless phones, saf ety is your most important ca ll . Wireless Phone "Safety Tip s" Belo w ar e safety tips to f ollo w w hile driving and using a wir eless phone w hich should be easy to r emember . 1 Get to kno w y our wir eless phone an d its featur es such as speed dial and r edial. Car efully r ead y our instruction man ual and learn to tak e ad v antage of v aluab le featur es most phones of fer , inc luding automatic r edial and memo ry . Also , w ork to memorize the phone k eypad so y ou can use the speed dial function w ithout taking y our attention off the r oad. 2 When a v ailab le, use a hands free device. A n umber of hands fr ee wireless phone enhancements ar e r eadily a v ailab le toda y . Whether y ou c hoose an installed mounted de vice f or y our wirele ss phone or a speak er phone accessory , tak e ad v anta ge of these devices if a v ailab le to y ou. 3 P ositio n y our wir eless phone within easy r each. Mak e sure y ou place y our wir eless phone within easy r eac h and w her e y ou can gra b it without r e mo ving y our ey es from the r oad. If y ou get an incoming call at an incon v enient time, if possib le, let y o ur v oice mail ans w er it fo r y o u. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 144 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 145 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA 4 Suspend con v ersations during ha zar dous dri ving conditions or situations . Let the person y ou ar e s peaking with kno w y ou ar e dri vin g; if necessary , suspend the call in hea vy traf f ic or hazar dous w eather conditions. R ain, sleet, sno w and ice can be hazar dous, b ut so is hea vy traff ic. As a dri v er , y our f irst r esponsibility is to pa y attention to the roa d. 5 Do not tak e notes or look up phone n umbers w h ile dri ving . If y ou ar e r eadin g an addr ess book or b usiness car d , or writing a "to do" list w hile drivin g a car , y ou ar e not w atching w here y ou ar e going . Itâ s common sense. Don â t get caught in a danger ous situatio n because y ou are r eading or writing and not pa ying attention to the r oad or nearb y v ehicles . 6 Dial sensib ly and assess the tr aff ic; if possib le, place calls w hen y ou are not mo ving or bef or e pulling into tr aff ic. T r y to plan y our calls befor e y ou begin y our trip or attempt to coincide y our calls with times y o u ma y be stopped at a stop sign, r ed light or otherwise stationar y . Bu t if y ou need to dial w hile driving, f ollo w this si mple tip--dial only a fe w n u mbers, c hec k the r oad and y our mirrors; then contin ue. 7 Do not eng age in str essful or emotional con v ersations that ma y be distractin g. Str essful or emotional con v ersations and driving do not mix--they ar e distracting a nd e v en dangerous w hen y ou are behind the w heel of a car . Mak e people y ou ar e talking with a w ar e y ou are dri ving and if n ecessar y , suspend con v ersations w hich ha v e the potential to d i v e r t y our attention fr om the r oad. 8 Use y our wir eless phon e to call f or help . Y our wirele ss phone is one of the greatest to ols y ou can o wn to protect y ourself and y our family in danger ous situations--with y our phone at y our side, help is only thr ee numbers a w a y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency number in the cas e of f ir e, traff ic accident, road hazar d or medical emer genc y . R emember , it is a fre e call on y our wireless ph one! 9 Use y our wir eless phon e to help others in emer g encies . Y our wir eless phone pr o vides y ou a perfect opportunity to be a "Good Samaritan" in y our community . If y ou see an auto accident, crime in pr ogr ess or other seriou s emer gency w her e li v es are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other local emer g ency number , as y ou w ould w ant others to do f or y ou. 10 Call r oadside assistance or a special wir eless non-emer genc y assistance n umber w hen necessar y . Cer tain situations y ou encounter w hile dri ving ma y requir e attention, b ut ar e not ur g ent enough to merit a call f or emergenc y services . But y ou still can use y our wir eless phone to lend a hand. If y ou see a brok en-do wn v ehic le posing no serious h azar d, a br ok en tr aff ic signal, a minor tr aff ic accident w here no one appe ars injur ed or a v ehicle y ou kno w to be stolen, call roadside assistance or other special non-emer genc y wir eless n umber . Car ele ss, distra cted indi vidu als and people dri ving irr esponsibly r epresent a hazar d to ev er y o ne on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecomm unications Industry Association and the wir eless industry ha v e con ducted educational outr each to inf or m wir eless phone users of their r esp onsibilities as safe dri v ers and good citizens . As w e appr oac h a ne w century , mor e and mor e of us will tak e ad v antage of the benef its of wir eless telephones . And, as w e tak e to the r o ads , w e all ha v e a r esponsibility to dri v e safely . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 145 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 146 ] T he wirele ss industry reminds you to use your p hone saf ely w hen dri ving . F or mor e inf ormation, please call 1-888-901-SAFE. F or update s: http://www .w o w-com.com/consume r/issues/dri ving/ ar tic les .cfm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellular T elecomm unications & Internet Association. All Rights R eserv ed. 1250 Connecticut A v en ue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-008 1 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 146 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 147 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration) to all users of mobile phones. J uly 18, 2001 ..... F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 147 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 148 ] Consumer Update on Wireless Phones U.S. Food and Drug Administratio n 1. Do wireless ph ones pos e a health haza rd? T he a v ailab le scientif ic ev idence do es not sho w that any health pr ob lems are associated with usin g wir eless phones . Ther e is no proof , ho w ev er , that wire less phones ar e absolutely saf e. W ireless phone s emit lo w lev els of radiofr equency ener g y (RF) in the micro w a v e range w h ile being used. T hey also emit v er y lo w lev els of RF w hen in the stand-b y mode. W her eas high lev els of RF can pr oduce he alth eff ects (b y heating tissue), e xposur e to lo w lev el RF that does not pr oduce heating eff ects causes no kno wn ad v erse health effec ts . Many studies of lo w lev el RF e xposur es ha v e not f ound any biological ef fects . Some studies ha v e suggested that some biolo gical eff ects ma y occur , b ut suc h findings ha v e not been c onf irmed b y addition al r esear c h. In some cases , other resear chers ha v e had diff iculty in r epr oducing those studies, or in determining the r easons f or inconsistent r esults. 2. What is FDA's role concerning t he safety of wireless p hones? Under the la w , FD A doe s not re view the safety of radiation-emittin g cons umer products suc h as wir eless phones bef or e they can be sold, as it does with ne w drugs or medical devices . Ho w ev er , the agency has authority to tak e action if wireless phones a r e sho wn to emit rad iofr equency ener g y (RF) at a le v el that is hazar dous to the user . In suc h a case, FD A could r equir e the man ufactur ers of wireless phones to notify users of the health haza r d and to r epair , r eplace or r ecall the phone s so that the hazar d no longer exists . Although the e xistin g scientif ic data do not justify FD A r egulatory actions, FD A has urged the wireless phone in dustr y to ta k e a n umber of steps, including the f ollo w ing: ⢠Suppor t needed r e sear c h into possib le biological eff ects of RF of the ty pe emitted b y wir eless phones; ⢠Design wir eless phones in a w a y that minimizes any RF e xposur e to the user that is not necessa r y f or device function; and ⢠Cooper ate in pr o viding users of wir eless phones with the best possib le inf or mation on possib le ef f ects of wir eless phone use on human health. FD A belongs to an intera gency w or king g r oup of the f eder al agencies that ha v e r esponsibility f or differ ent aspe cts of RF safe ty to ensur e coor dinated eff or ts at the feder al le v el. The f ollo wing agencies belong to this w orking gr oup: ⢠National Institute f or Occupational Safety and Health ⢠En vironmental Pr otection Agenc y ⢠F ederal Comm unications Commission ⢠Occupational Saf ety and Health Administr a tion ⢠National T elecommunica tions and In f or mation Administr ation T he National Institutes of Health par tic ipates in some intera genc y w orking group acti vities, as w ell. FD A shares r egulator y r esponsibilities f or wireless p hones with the F ederal Communi cations Commission (FCC). All phones that ar e sold in the United States must comply with FCC saf ety guidelines that limit RF exposur e. FCC relies on FD A 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 148 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 149 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA and other health a gencies f or saf ety questions a b out wir eless phones . FCC also r egulates the base stations that th e wir eless phone netw orks r ely upon. While these base stations oper ate at higher po w er than do the wir eless phones the mselv es, the RF e xposur es that people get from these base stations ar e typically thousands of times lo w er than those they can get from w ir eless phon es . Base stations ar e thus not the subject of the saf ety questions discussed in th is docume nt. 3. What kinds of ph ones are the sub ject of this update? T he term wireless p hone r efers her e to hand-held wir eless phones with b u ilt-in antennas , often called cell mobile or PCS phon es . T h ese types of wir eless phones can e xpose the user to measu ra ble r adiofr equency energ y (RF) because of the short distance betw een the phone and the userâ s head. T hese RF e xposur es are limited b y F ederal Comm unications Commission saf ety guidelines th at w er e dev eloped with the ad vice of FD A and other f ederal health and saf ety agencies . When the phon e is located at gr eater distances fr om the user , the e xposur e to RF is drastically lo w er because a person's RF e xposure decr eases ra pidly with incr easing distance fr om the sour ce. T he so-called cor dless phone s; w hich h a v e a base unit connected to the telephone wiring in a house, typically oper ate at far lo w er po w er lev els, and thus pr oduce RF e xposures far belo w the FCC safety limits . 4. What are the results of the research done already? T he r esear ch done thu s far has pro duced conf licting r esults , and many studies ha v e suff er ed from f la ws in their resear ch methods . Animal experiments in v estig ating the eff ects of r adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) expo sur es c har acteristic of wir eless phones ha v e yielded conf licting results that often cannot be r epeated in oth er la bor atories . A fe w animal studies , ho w ev er , ha v e sug g ested that lo w lev els of RF coul d accelerate the de v elopment of cancer in la bor atory an imals . Ho w ev er , many of the studie s that sho w ed increased tumor de v elopment used animals that had be en genetically engineer ed or tr eated with cancer -causing chemicals so a s to be pr e-disposed to dev elop cancer in the a b sence of RF e xposure. O ther studie s e xposed the animals to RF f or up to 22 hours per da y . These cond itions ar e not similar to the conditions under w hic h people use wir eless phones, so w e don âÂÂt kno w with certainty w hat the r esults of suc h studies mean f or human health. T hr ee lar g e epidemiology studies ha v e been pub lished since December 2000. Betw een them, the studies inv estig ated any possib le association betw een the use of wir eless phones a nd primary brain cancer , glioma, meningioma, or acoustic neur oma, tumors of the b rain o r sali v ar y g land, leuk emia, or other cancers . None of the studies demonstr ated the e xistence of any harmful health ef f ects fr om wir eless phone RF e xposur es . Ho w ev er , none of the studies can ans w er questions a bout long-te rm exp osur es , since the a v era ge period of phone use in these studies w as ar ound thr ee y ears. 5. What research is need ed to decide whether RF exposure from wireless ph ones poses a health risk? A combination of la bor atory studies and ep idemiological studies of people actually using wir eless phones w ould pr o vide some of the data that ar e needed. Lifetime animal e xposur e studies could be completed in a fe w y ears. Ho w ev er , v ery large 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 149 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 150 ] n umbe rs of animals w ould be need ed to p r o vide r eli a b le p r oof of a cancer pr omoting eff ect if one e xists. Epidemiolog ical studies can pr o vide data that is dir ectly applica ble to hu man populations , b ut 10 or mor e y ears f ollo w-up ma y be needed to pr o vide ans w ers about some health ef fe cts, suc h as cancer . This is because the interv al betw een the time of e xposur e to a cancer -causing agent and the time tumors de v elop - if t hey do - m a y be many , many y e ar s. Th e i nt e r p ret a t i o n of epidemiological studies is hamper ed by dif f iculties in mea suring actual RF e xposur e during da y-to- da y use of wireless phones . Many factors aff ect this measur ement, such as the angle at w hich the phone is held, or w hic h model of phone is used. 6. What is FDA doin g to find ou t more abou t the possi ble health effects of wireless ph one RF? FD A is w or king with the U .S . National T o xicolo g y Pr ogram and w ith groups of in v estigators around the w or ld to ensure that h igh priority animal studies ar e conducted to ad dr ess important questions a bout the ef fects o f e xposur e to radiofr equency ener g y (RF). FD A has been a leading par ticipant in the W or ld Health Or ganization International Electr oma gnetic Fields (EMF) Pr oject since its inception in 1996. An inf luential r esult of this w or k has been the dev elopment of a detailed agenda of re sear c h needs that has dri v en the esta b lishment of new r esear ch pr ograms ar ound the w orl d. T he Pr oject has also h elped dev elop a series of pub lic inf or mation doc uments on EMF issues . FD A and the Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) ha v e a f or mal Cooperati v e R esear c h and De v elopment Agr eement (CRAD A) to do r esear ch on wir eless phone safety . FD A pr o vides the scientif ic o v ersight, obtaining input fr om e xperts in go v ernment, industry , and academic or g anizations . CTIA- funded r esear ch is con ducted thr ough contr acts to independent in v estig ators . T he initial r esear ch will inc lude both la boratory studies and studies of wir eless phone users . T he CRAD A will also include a br oad assessment of additional r esearc h needs in the conte xt of the latest resear ch de v elopments around the w or ld. 7. How can I fi nd out ho w much radiofrequ ency energy expos ure I can get by using my wireless p hone? All phones sold in the United States mu st comply with F ederal Comm unications Commission (FCC) guidelines that limit r adiofrequency ener g y (RF) e xposur e s. FCC esta b lished these guidelines in consultation with FD A and the other feder al health and safe ty agencies . T he FCC limit f o r RF e xposur e fr om wir eless telephones is set at a Specif ic Absorp tion R ate (SAR) of 1.6 w a tts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). T he FCC limit is consistent with the safety standar ds dev eloped b y the Institute of Electr ical an d Elect r onic Engi neering (IEEE) a nd the N ation al Coun cil on R adia tion Pr otection an d Measur ement. T he exposur e limit tak es into conside ration the bodyâ s ab ility to r emo v e heat fr om the ti ssues that a bsorb ener g y fr om the wir eless phone and is set w ell belo w lev els kno wn to ha v e ef fec ts . Man ufactur ers of wir eless phones m ust r eport the RF e xposur e lev el f or ea c h model of phone to the FCC. T he FCC w ebsite (http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsafety) gi v es dir ectio ns f or locating the FCC identif ication n umber on y our phone so y ou can f ind y our phoneâ s RF exposur e lev el in the online listing. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 150 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 15 1 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA 8. What has FDA don e to measure th e radiofrequency energy c oming from wireless phones? T he Institute of Electrical and Electr onic Engineers (IEEE) is dev eloping a technical standar d f or measuring the r adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) e xposur e fr om wir eless phones and other wir eless handsets with the par ticipation an d leadership of FD A scientists and engineers . Th e standar d , R ecommended Pra ctice f or Determining the Spatial-P eak Specif ic Absorption R ate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to W ireless Commun ications Devices: Ex perimental T ec hniques , sets f or th the f irst consis tent test methodolo g y f or measuring the r a te at w hich RF is dep osited in the heads of wir eless phone users . Th e test method uses a tissu e-simulating model of the human head. Standar dized SAR test methodolog y is exp ected to greatly imp r o v e the consistency of measur ements made at dif fer ent la boratories on the same ph one. SAR is the measur ement of the a mount of ener g y a bsorbed in tissue, either b y the w hole body or a small part of the body . It is measured in w atts/kg (or milliw atts/g) of matter . T his measur ement is us ed to determine w h ether a wir eless phone complies with safety guideline s . 9. What step s can I t ake to reduce my ex posure to radiofrequ ency energy from my wireless phone? If ther e is a risk fr om these products--and at this point w e do not kno w that there is--it is pr oba b ly v er y small. But if y ou ar e concerned a bout a v oiding ev en potential risks, y ou can tak e a fe w simple steps to minimize y our e xposur e to r adiofr equency ener g y (RF). Since time is a k ey factor in ho w muc h e xposur e a p erson r ecei v es , r educing the amount of time spent using a wir eless phone will r educe RF exposur e. If y ou must conduct ex tended con v ersations b y wir eless phone e v er y da y , y ou could place mor e distance betw een y our body and the sou r ce of the RF , since the e xposur e lev el drops of f dr amatically with distance. F or exa mple, y ou could use a headset and carry the wireless phone a w a y from y our body or use a wir eless phone c onnected to a r emote anten na. Ag ain, the scientif ic data do not demonstr ate that wir eless phones ar e harmful. But if y ou are con cerned abo ut the RF e xposur e from these pr oducts, y ou can use measur es lik e those described a bo v e to r educe y our RF e xposur e fr om wireless phone use. 10. What about child ren using wireless phones? The scientific e vidence does not sho w a dang er to users of wir eless ph ones, inc luding c hildr en an d teenage rs . If y o u w ant to tak e steps to lo w er exposure to radiofr equenc y ener g y (RF), the measur es described a bo v e w ould apply to c hildr en and tee nagers using wir eless phones . R educing the time of wir eless phone use and in cr ea si ng t he distan ce betw een the user a nd the RF sour ce will r educe RF e xposu r e.So me g rou ps sponsor ed b y other national go v ern ments ha v e ad vised that childr en be discoura ged fr om using wir eless phones at all. F or e xample, the go v ernment in the United Kingdom distrib uted leaf lets containing suc h a recommendation in Decembe r 2000. T hey noted that no e vidence e xists that using a wir eless phone causes brain tumors or other ill eff ects . T h eir r ecommendation to limit wir eless phone use by c hildren w as strictly precautionary; it w as not based on scientif ic e vidence that any health hazar d e xists . 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 151 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 152 ] 1 1. What a bout wireless phone in terference with medi cal equipment? R adiofr equenc y ener g y (RF) fr om wir eless phones can inter act with some electr o nic devices . F or this reason , FD A h elped dev elop a detailed test method to measur e electr omagn etic interfer ence (EMI) of implanted car diac pacemak ers and def i brillators fr o m wir eless telephon es . T his test method is no w par t of a standar d sponsor ed b y the Association f or the Ad v ancement of Medical instrumentation (AAMI). T he fi nal draft, a joint eff or t by FD A, medical device manufactur ers, and many other gr oups, w as completed in late 2000. T his standar d will allo w man ufactur e rs to ensur e that car diac pacemak ers and def ibrillators ar e safe fr om wir eless phone EMI. FD A has tested hearing aids f or interfer ence from handheld wir eless phones and helped de v elop a v oluntar y standar d sponsor ed by the Institute of Electrical and Electr onic Engineers (IEEE). T his standar d specif ies test methods and perf ormance req uir ements f or hearing aids and wir eless ph ones so that no interfer ence occurs w hen a person uses a compatib le pho ne and a accompanied hearing aid at the same time. T his standard w as appr o v ed by the IEEE in 2000. FD A continues to monitor the use of wir eless phone s f or possib le inter actions with other medical de vices . Should h armful interfer ence be f ound to occur , FD A will conduct testing to assess the interfer ence and w or k to r esolv e the prob lem. 12. Where can I find a dditional inf ormation? F or additio nal inf or mation, please r efer to the f ollo wing r esour ces: ⢠FD A w e b pa ge on wir eless phones http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones/inde x.html ⢠F ederal Comm unications Commission (FCC) RF Saf ety Pr ogram http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsaf ety ⢠International Commission on Non -Ionizing R adiation Pr otection http://www .icnirp .de ⢠W or ld Health Organization (WHO) Inter national EMF Proje ct http://www .w ho .int/emf ⢠National R adiolo gical Pr otection Bo ar d (UK) http://www .nrpb .org .uk/ J uly 18, 2001 F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phones 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 152 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 153 ] Index Numerics 6340i, illustrated . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 A access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 accessibility alternate formats . . . . . . . . . 22 contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 customize audio settings . . . 68 features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 mobile inductive loopset . . . 22 other features . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 118 â 121 activate call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . 50 loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 voice command . . . . . . . . . . . 53 voice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 wireless service . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 add folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 advanced features . . . . . . . . . . . 47 alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 âÂÂ101 alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 about . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 contact with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 proper position . . . . . . . . . . 123 unauthorized use . . . . . . . . . 129 assign voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 audio setttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 automate voicemail . . . . . . . . . . 45 automatic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 B back cover, remove . . . . . . . . . . 11 battery charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 important in formati on . . 13 , 122 install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 operation times . . . . . . . . . . 136 prolong battery life . . . . . . . . 13 remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 battery charger, spare . . . . . . . 119 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 browser appearance set tings . . . . . . . 112 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 clear the cache . . . . . . . . . . . 113 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 online purchases . . . . . . . . . 114 options online . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 options, offline . . . . . . . . . . . 112 view security info . . . . . . . . . 113 business cards . . . . . . . . . . 105 âÂÂ107 C cal cul at or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 âÂÂ103 calendar date notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 four-way scrolling . . . . . . . . . 88 jump to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 153 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 154 ] monthly view . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 note options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 note types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 receive note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 saving notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 send note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 view notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 view received notes . . . . . . . . 92 call duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 âÂÂ43 waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 calls end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 , 49 ending T TY calls . . . . . . . . . . . 65 forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 ignore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 redial last . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 using TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 cancel call forwarding . . . . . . . 51 car charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 care and maintenance . . . . . . 129 carrying case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 certification information . . . . 127 change 1-touch dialing numbers . . . 57 audio settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 date format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 keypad tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 memory in use . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 message alert tone . . . . . . . . . 62 phone book view . . . . . . . . . . . 36 PIN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 primary numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 35 profile names . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 ringing options . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 ringing volume . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 security codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 time format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 charge the battery . . . . . . . . . . . 12 charger connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 jack lo cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 clear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 clock, al arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 codes access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 PIN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 PUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 set up voicemail with . . . . . . . 46 compose picture message . . . . . . . . . . . 81 connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 to other devices . . . . . . . . . . 107 TTY hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 154 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 155 ] connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 contact Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 content copier (PC suite) . . . 107 cover, remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 create business card . . . . . . . . 105 currency conversion . . . . . . . . 102 customer care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 customize accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 audio settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 display language . . . . . . . . . . 60 download ringing tones . . . . 69 network selection . . . . . . . . . 61 screen saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 using profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 D data cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 data synchronization . . . . . . . 107 date, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 definition of terms . . . . . . . . . 133 delete 1-touch dialing numbers . . . 57 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 names and numbers . . . . . . . 34 phone book entries . . . . . 30 , 34 voice memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 desktop charging stand . . . . . 118 dial international numbers . . . 58 dialed calls, view . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 dialing codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 digital data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 display language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 DLR-3P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 dow nl oad pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 ringing tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 software . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 8 , 109 user guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 E ECML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 âÂÂ80 emergency calls placing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 things to remembe r . . . . . . . 126 while browsing . . . . . . . . . . . 110 with keypad locked . . . . . . . . 70 end active call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 both calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 e-newsletters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 enhancement profiles . . . . . . . . 65 enhancements . . . . . . . 3 , 118 â 121 enter addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 business cards . . . . . . . . . . . 105 names and numbers . . . . . . . 31 notes to phone book . . . . . . . 32 number types . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 predictive text . . . . . . . . . 27 âÂÂ29 punctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 special characters . . . . . . . . . 29 text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 âÂÂ29 equalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 ESN definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 location on the phone . . . . . . . 8 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 155 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 156 ] exchange rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 F factory settings, restore . . . . . . 69 FAQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 FCC ID for this phone . . . . . . . 128 fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 âÂÂ86 four-way scrolling . . . . . . . . . . . 88 frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 G games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 graphic clues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 H headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 headset kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 hearing impaired audio settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 I IMEI definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 location on the phone . . . . . . . 8 in-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 infrared connections. See IR install battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 SIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 international dialing . . . . . . . . . 58 IR activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 check status . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . 107 port location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 receive a business card . . . . 106 send a business card . . . . . . 105 J jump to a date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 K Keyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 keys scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 L languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 listen to voice messages . . . . . . 45 lithium ion ba ttery . . . . . . . . . . 118 lock/unlock the keypad . . . . . . . 70 loopset description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 how it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 LPS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 M memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 âÂÂ39 menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 menus, phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 messages delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 message cente r number . . . . . 77 message icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 organize with folders . . . . . . . 84 read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 reply to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 156 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 157 ] save to folders . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , 78 use templat es . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 view saved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 write and send . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 microphone headset microphone . . . . . . . 66 location on phone . . . . . . . . . 10 position for calls . . . . . . . . . . 20 missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 mobile holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 mobile inductive loopset . . . . . 22 move messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 N navigate phone menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 scroll method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 WAP pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 network selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Nokia Connections e-n ewsl ette r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Nokia PC suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 number types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 O one-touch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . 56 online purchases . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 open phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 âÂÂ103 output power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 P PC Composer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 PC Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 PC Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 PC Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 personal organizer . . . . . . . 88 â 103 phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 âÂÂ39 add entrie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 caller groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 customize view . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 display entries . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 primary numbers . . . . . . . . . . 35 search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 phone security access codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 fixed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 lock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . 70 security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 phone size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 phone weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 picture messages . . . . . . . . . . 80 âÂÂ82 PIN 2 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 PIN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 play back a voice memo . . . . . . 55 power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 predictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 âÂÂ29 primary number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 âÂÂ63 PUK codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 punctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 purchases, online . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Q quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 157 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 158 ] R rapid travel charge r . . . . . . . . . 119 read messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 receive business card . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 calendar note . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 TTY call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 record phone conversations . . . . . . . 56 voice commands . . . . . . . . . . 53 voice memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 redial, automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 reference information . . 122 âÂÂ128 register your phone . . . . . . . . . . . 5 reject a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 remove battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 restor e factory sett ings . . . . . . 69 restric t calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 ringing tones discard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 download . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 ,114 play, save, or delete . . . . . . . 114 receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 using PC Composer . . . . . . . 114 S safety aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . 126 explosi ve atmosphe res . . . . 124 hearing aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 important information . . . . . . . 1 operating environment . . . . 123 other medical devices . . . . . 124 pacemakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 safety information . . . . . . . . 123 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 SAR definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 save addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 calendar notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 notes to phone book . . . . . . . 32 numbers only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 phone book entries . . . . . . . . . 31 ringing tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 voice mailbox number . . . . . . 44 screen sav er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 scroll keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 , 19 method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 search phone book . . . . . . . . . . . 33 security lev els . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 security. See phone security select network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 selection keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 send business cards . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 calendar notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 158 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 159 ] picture mess ages . . . . . . . . . . 80 template messages . . . . . . . . 83 set alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 display language . . . . . . . . . . 60 set up headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 , 24 show/hide clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 SIM card capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 copy entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . 126 if rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 nonowner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 PIN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 selecting me mory . . . . . . . . . 39 service number s . . . . . . . . . . . 36 size, phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 software download . . . . . . . . . 108 spare battery charger . . . . . . . 119 special characters . . . . . . . . . . . 29 speed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 standby time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 start sc reen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 strings, touch tone . . . . . . . . . . 58 switch between calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 T talk time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 âÂÂ84 terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 âÂÂ29 predictive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 âÂÂ29 standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 text messa ges send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 , 78 send ca lendar notes as . . . . . 93 time format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 transmit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 âÂÂ66 turn off alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 turn on your phone . . . . . . . . . . 16 U unlock the keypad . . . . . . . . . . . 70 updates to user guide . . . . . . . . . 7 user guides alternate formats . . . . . . . . . . 22 updates to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 V vibrating alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 view available memory . . . . . . . . . . 39 calendar notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 call du rat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 clock on the start screen . . . . 99 dialed numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 fixed dialing numbers . . . . . . 72 missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 monthly view, calendar . . . . . 89 phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 picture messages . . . . . . . . . . 81 received calendar notes . . . . 92 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 159 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 160 ] received calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 received messages . . . . . . . . . 78 recorded memos . . . . . . . . . . . 55 saved messages . . . . . . . . . . . 86 special characters . . . . . . . . . 29 Wallet no tes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 voice commands . . . . . . . . . . 53 âÂÂ54 voice dial change or delete a tag . . . . . 53 notes about voice tags . . . . . 51 use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 use with headset . . . . . . . . . . 67 voice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 voice re cord er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 voice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 âÂÂ54 voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 âÂÂ46 volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 volume control location . . . . . . 10 W wallet code request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 create a card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 online purchases . . . . . . . . . 114 personal notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 time-o ut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Wallet code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 WAP active hyperlink . . . . . . . . . . 111 and your wireless provider . 110 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 data entry field . . . . . . . . . . . 111 header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 hyperlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 navigate wap pages . . . . . . . 111 options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 options while browsing . . . . 112 pages, e lements of . . . . . . . . 111 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 warning tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 weight, phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 wireless modem setup . . . . . . . 107 wireless network services . . . . . . 5 wireless networks . . . . . . . . . . . 136 write and send a me ssage . . . . 78 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 160 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 16 1 ] NO TES 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 161 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM
[ 162 ] 06/23 NO TES P ara obtener un manual del usuario en español favor de llamar o enviar un fax al teléfono 1-888-NOKIA-2U , fax 8 13-249-96 19. 6340i.ENv1_93 10019.book Page 162 Thursday, Jul y 10, 2003 3: 21 PM